KidzSearch Wiki - User's changes [en]

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-24T06:22:56Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for users using the mobile site */
mw.loader.using('mobile.site.styles');

/* Load an image header for every mobile page load. We can use siteNotice for this: */
document.getElementById('siteNotice').innerHTML = '<div style="padding: 10px;"><a href="https://www.kidzsearch.com"><img src="/w/siteImages/mwiki.png"></a></div>';

/* Other JS: */

MediaWiki:Mobile.css

2023-05-24T06:20:41Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* CSS placed here will affect users of the mobile site */

a.new, a.new:visited, a.new:hover {
color: #000000!important;
}

.new {color: #000000!important;}

mw-mf-main-menu-button {display:none;}
#page-actions {display: none;}

/* commented out this line because it was causing the search icon to not be visible */
/* .header div:first-child { display: none; } */

.citation-comment {display: none;} /* hide all Citation Style 1 error messages */

#ca-nstab-main { display: none !important; }
#ca-nstab-user { display: none !important; }
#ca-talk { display: none !important; }
#ca-view { display: none !important; }
#ca-formedit { display: none !important; }
#ca-watch { display: none !important; }
#ca-unwatch { display: none !important; }
#ca-move { display: none !important; }
#ca-protect { display: none !important; }
#ca-viewsource { display: none !important; }

.boilerplate.metadata.plainlinks
{
display:none!important;
}

.mw-hidden-cats-ns-shown
{
display: none!important;
}

.error
{
display: none!important;
}

#p-donation
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-templatestyles-doc
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-body a.extiw, .mw-body a.extiw:active {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

wikit.new {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:50:11Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for users using the mobile site */
mw.loader.using('mobile.site.styles');

document.getElementById('siteNotice').innerHTML = '<div style="padding: 10px;"><a href="https://www.kidzsearch.com"><img src="/w/siteImages/mwiki.png"></a></div>';

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:49:43Z

Wikibase-admin:

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:49:15Z

Wikibase-admin:

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:48:22Z

Wikibase-admin:

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:47:22Z

Wikibase-admin:

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:46:17Z

Wikibase-admin:

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:45:25Z

Wikibase-admin:

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:44:20Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for users using the mobile site */
mw.loader.using('mobile.site.styles');

document.getElementById('siteNotice').innerHTML = '<a href="https://www.kidzsearch.com"><img src="https://wiki.kidzsearch.com/w/resources/assets/mwiki.png"></a>';

MediaWiki:Mobile.css

2023-05-22T08:42:38Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* CSS placed here will affect users of the mobile site */

a.new, a.new:visited, a.new:hover {
color: #000000!important;
}

.new {color: #000000!important;}

mw-mf-main-menu-button {display:none;}
#page-actions {display: none;}

/* commented out this line because it was causing the search icon to not be visible */
/* .header div:first-child { display: none; } */

.citation-comment {display: none;} /* hide all Citation Style 1 error messages */

#ca-nstab-main { display: none !important; }
#ca-nstab-user { display: none !important; }
#ca-talk { display: none !important; }
#ca-view { display: none !important; }
#ca-formedit { display: none !important; }
#ca-watch { display: none !important; }
#ca-unwatch { display: none !important; }
#ca-move { display: none !important; }
#ca-protect { display: none !important; }
#ca-viewsource { display: none !important; }

.boilerplate.metadata.plainlinks
{
display:none!important;
}

.mw-hidden-cats-ns-shown
{
display: none!important;
}

.error
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-templatestyles-doc
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-body a.extiw, .mw-body a.extiw:active {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

wikit.new {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2023-05-22T08:42:14Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for users using the mobile site */
mw.loader.using('mobile.site.styles');

document.getElementById('siteNotice').innerHTML = '<ol><li>html data</li></ol>';

MediaWiki:Mobile.css

2023-05-22T08:40:45Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* CSS placed here will affect users of the mobile site */

a.new, a.new:visited, a.new:hover {
color: #000000!important;
}

#siteNotice {
background-image: url('siteImages/wiki.png');
}

.new {color: #000000!important;}

mw-mf-main-menu-button {display:none;}
#page-actions {display: none;}

/* commented out this line because it was causing the search icon to not be visible */
/* .header div:first-child { display: none; } */

.citation-comment {display: none;} /* hide all Citation Style 1 error messages */

#ca-nstab-main { display: none !important; }
#ca-nstab-user { display: none !important; }
#ca-talk { display: none !important; }
#ca-view { display: none !important; }
#ca-formedit { display: none !important; }
#ca-watch { display: none !important; }
#ca-unwatch { display: none !important; }
#ca-move { display: none !important; }
#ca-protect { display: none !important; }
#ca-viewsource { display: none !important; }

.boilerplate.metadata.plainlinks
{
display:none!important;
}

.mw-hidden-cats-ns-shown
{
display: none!important;
}

.error
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-templatestyles-doc
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-body a.extiw, .mw-body a.extiw:active {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

wikit.new {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

MediaWiki:Mobile.css

2023-05-22T07:14:43Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* CSS placed here will affect users of the mobile site */

a.new, a.new:visited, a.new:hover {
color: #000000!important;
}

.new {color: #000000!important;}

mw-mf-main-menu-button {display:none;}
#page-actions {display: none;}

/* commented out this line because it was causing the search icon to not be visible */
/* .header div:first-child { display: none; } */

.citation-comment {display: none;} /* hide all Citation Style 1 error messages */

#ca-nstab-main { display: none !important; }
#ca-nstab-user { display: none !important; }
#ca-talk { display: none !important; }
#ca-view { display: none !important; }
#ca-formedit { display: none !important; }
#ca-watch { display: none !important; }
#ca-unwatch { display: none !important; }
#ca-move { display: none !important; }
#ca-protect { display: none !important; }
#ca-viewsource { display: none !important; }

.boilerplate.metadata.plainlinks
{
display:none!important;
}

.mw-hidden-cats-ns-shown
{
display: none!important;
}

.error
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-templatestyles-doc
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-body a.extiw, .mw-body a.extiw:active {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

wikit.new {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

MediaWiki:Mobile.css

2023-05-22T06:56:41Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* CSS placed here will affect users of the mobile site */

a.new, a.new:visited, a.new:hover {
color: #000000!important;
}

.new {color: #000000!important;}

mw-mf-main-menu-button {display:none;}
/* .header div:first-child { display: none; } */
#page-actions {display: none;}

.citation-comment {display: none;} /* hide all Citation Style 1 error messages */

#ca-nstab-main { display: none !important; }
#ca-nstab-user { display: none !important; }
#ca-talk { display: none !important; }
#ca-view { display: none !important; }
#ca-formedit { display: none !important; }
#ca-watch { display: none !important; }
#ca-unwatch { display: none !important; }
#ca-move { display: none !important; }
#ca-protect { display: none !important; }
#ca-viewsource { display: none !important; }

.boilerplate.metadata.plainlinks
{
display:none!important;
}

.mw-hidden-cats-ns-shown
{
display: none!important;
}

.error
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-templatestyles-doc
{
display: none!important;
}

.mw-body a.extiw, .mw-body a.extiw:active {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

wikit.new {
color: #000!important;
pointer-events: none!important;
cursor: default!important;
text-decoration: none!important;
}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2023-05-22T06:56:26Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* Reset italic styling set by user agent */
cite,
dfn {
font-style: inherit;
}

/* Straight quote marks for <q> */
q {
quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'";
}

/* Avoid collision of blockquote with floating elements by swapping margin and padding */
blockquote {
overflow: hidden;
margin: 1em 0;
padding: 0 40px;
}

/* Consistent size for , and */
small {
font-size: 85%;
}

.mw-body-content sub,
.mw-body-content sup {
font-size: 80%;
}

/* Same spacing for indented and unindented paragraphs on talk pages */
.ns-talk .mw-body-content dd {
margin-top: 0.4em;
margin-bottom: 0.4em;
}

/* Main page fixes */
#interwiki-completelist {
font-weight: bold;
}

/* Reduce page jumps by hiding collapsed/dismissed content */
.client-js .mw-special-Watchlist #watchlist-message,
.client-js .collapsible:not( .mw-made-collapsible).collapsed > tbody > tr:not(:first-child),

/* Hide charinsert base for those not using the gadget */
#editpage-specialchars {
display: none;
}

/* Adds padding above Watchlist announcements where new recentchanges/watchlist filters are enabled */
.mw-rcfilters-enabled .mw-specialpage-summary {
margin-top: 1em;
}

/* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */
.citation:target {
background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133);
}

/* Styling for citations. Breaks long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */
.citation {
word-wrap: break-word;
}

/* Make the list of references smaller
* Keep in sync with Template:Refbegin/styles.css
* And Template:Reflist/styles.css
*/
ol.references {
font-size: 90%;
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
}

/* Style for horizontal lists (separator following item).
@source mediawiki.org/wiki/Snippets/Horizontal_lists
@revision 8 (2016-05-21)
@author [[User:Edokter]]
*/
.hlist dl,
.hlist ol,
.hlist ul {
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
}

/* Display list items inline */
.hlist dd,
.hlist dt,
.hlist li {
margin: 0; /* don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline
* removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again */
display: inline;
}

/* Display nested lists inline */
.hlist.inline,
.hlist.inline dl,
.hlist.inline ol,
.hlist.inline ul,
.hlist dl dl,
.hlist dl ol,
.hlist dl ul,
.hlist ol dl,
.hlist ol ol,
.hlist ol ul,
.hlist ul dl,
.hlist ul ol,
.hlist ul ul {
display: inline;
}

/* Hide empty list items */
.hlist .mw-empty-li {
display: none;
}

/* Generate interpuncts */
.hlist dt:after {
content: ": ";
}

/**
* Note hlist style usage differs in Minerva and is defined in core as well!
* Please check Minerva desktop (and Minerva.css) when changing
* See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T213239
*/
.hlist dd:after,
.hlist li:after {
content: " · ";
font-weight: bold;
}

.hlist dd:last-child:after,
.hlist dt:last-child:after,
.hlist li:last-child:after {
content: none;
}

/* Add parentheses around nested lists */
.hlist dd dd:first-child:before,
.hlist dd dt:first-child:before,
.hlist dd li:first-child:before,
.hlist dt dd:first-child:before,
.hlist dt dt:first-child:before,
.hlist dt li:first-child:before,
.hlist li dd:first-child:before,
.hlist li dt:first-child:before,
.hlist li li:first-child:before {
content: " (";
font-weight: normal;
}

.hlist dd dd:last-child:after,
.hlist dd dt:last-child:after,
.hlist dd li:last-child:after,
.hlist dt dd:last-child:after,
.hlist dt dt:last-child:after,
.hlist dt li:last-child:after,
.hlist li dd:last-child:after,
.hlist li dt:last-child:after,
.hlist li li:last-child:after {
content: ")";
font-weight: normal;
}

/* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */
.hlist ol {
counter-reset: listitem;
}

.hlist ol > li {
counter-increment: listitem;
}

.hlist ol > li:before {
content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0";
}

.hlist dd ol > li:first-child:before,
.hlist dt ol > li:first-child:before,
.hlist li ol > li:first-child:before {
content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0";
}

/* Unbulleted lists */
.plainlist ol,
.plainlist ul {
line-height: inherit;
list-style: none none;
margin: 0;
}

.plainlist ol li,
.plainlist ul li {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* Default style for navigation boxes */
.navbox { /* Navbox container style */
box-sizing: border-box;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
width: 100%;
clear: both;
font-size: 88%;
text-align: center;
padding: 1px;
margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */
}

.navbox .navbox {
margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */
}

.navbox + .navbox {
margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */
}

.navbox-inner,
.navbox-subgroup {
width: 100%;
}

.navbox-group,
.navbox-title,
.navbox-abovebelow {
padding: 0.25em 1em; /* Title, group and above/below styles */
line-height: 1.5em;
text-align: center;
}

th.navbox-group { /* Group style */
white-space: nowrap;
/* @noflip */
text-align: right;
}

.navbox,
.navbox-subgroup {
background-color: #fdfdfd; /* Background color */
}

.navbox-list {
line-height: 1.5em;
border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */
}

/* cell spacing for navbox cells */
tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow,
tr + tr > .navbox-group,
tr + tr > .navbox-image,
tr + tr > .navbox-list { /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */
border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */
}

.navbox th,
.navbox-title {
background-color: #ccccff; /* Level 1 color */
}

.navbox-abovebelow,
th.navbox-group,
.navbox-subgroup .navbox-title {
background-color: #ddddff; /* Level 2 color */
}

.navbox-subgroup .navbox-group,
.navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow {
background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */
}

.navbox-even {
background-color: #f7f7f7; /* Even row striping */
}

.navbox-odd {
background-color: transparent; /* Odd row striping */
}

.navbox .hlist td dl,
.navbox .hlist td ol,
.navbox .hlist td ul,
.navbox td.hlist dl,
.navbox td.hlist ol,
.navbox td.hlist ul {
padding: 0.125em 0; /* Adjust hlist padding in navboxes */
}

/* Styling for JQuery makeCollapsible, matching that of collapseButton */
.mw-parser-output .mw-collapsible-toggle {
font-weight: normal;
/* @noflip */
text-align: right;
padding-right: 0.2em;
padding-left: 0.2em;
}

.mw-collapsible-leftside-toggle .mw-collapsible-toggle {
/* @noflip */
float: left;
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* Infobox template style */
.infobox {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
border-spacing: 3px;
background-color: #f8f9fa;
color: black;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0.5em 0 0.5em 1em;
padding: 0.2em;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
/* @noflip */
clear: right;
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.5em;
width: 22em;
}

/* Remove .infobox-subbox in a week or so as TemplateStyles version rolls out */
/* not strictly certain these styles are necessary
* just replicating the module faithfully
*/
.infobox-subbox {
padding: 0;
border: none;
margin: -3px;
width: auto;
min-width: 100%;
font-size: 100%;
clear: none;
float: none;
background-color: transparent;
}

.infobox-header,
.infobox-label,
.infobox-above,
.infobox-full-data,
.infobox-data,
.infobox-below,
.infobox-subheader,
.infobox-image,
.infobox-navbar,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox th,
.infobox td {
vertical-align: top;
}

.infobox-label,
.infobox-data,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox th,
.infobox td {
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* Remove .infobox when element selectors above are removed */
.infobox .infobox-above,
.infobox .infobox-title,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox caption {
font-size: 125%;
font-weight: bold;
text-align: center;
}

.infobox-title,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox caption {
padding: 0.2em;
}

/* Remove .infobox when element selectors above are removed */
.infobox .infobox-header,
.infobox .infobox-subheader,
.infobox .infobox-image,
.infobox .infobox-full-data,
.infobox .infobox-below {
text-align: center;
}

/* Remove .infobox when element selectors above are removed */
.infobox .infobox-navbar {
/* @noflip */
text-align: right;
}

/* Normal font styling for wikitable row headers with scope="row" tag */
.wikitable.plainrowheaders th[scope=row] {
font-weight: normal;
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* Lists in wikitable data cells are always left-aligned */
.wikitable td ul,
.wikitable td ol,
.wikitable td dl {
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* ...unless they also use the hlist class */
.toc.hlist ul,
#toc.hlist ul {
text-align: inherit;
}

/* Fix for hieroglyphs specificity issue in infoboxes ([[phab:T43869]]) */
table.mw-hiero-table td {
vertical-align: middle;
}

/* Change the external link icon to an Adobe icon for all PDF files */
.mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".pdf?"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".pdf#"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href$=".PDF"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".PDF?"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".PDF#"].external {
background: url("//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/Icons-mini-file_acrobat.gif") no-repeat right;
/* @noflip */
padding-right: 18px;
}

/* Messagebox templates */
.messagebox {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #f8f9fa;
width: 80%;
margin: 0 auto 1em auto;
padding: .2em;
}

.messagebox.merge {
border: 1px solid #c0b8cc;
background-color: #f0e5ff;
text-align: center;
}

.messagebox.cleanup {
border: 1px solid #9f9fff;
background-color: #efefff;
text-align: center;
}

.messagebox.standard-talk {
border: 1px solid #c0c090;
background-color: #f8eaba;
margin: 4px auto;
}

/* For old WikiProject banners inside banner shells. */
.mbox-inside .standard-talk {
border: 1px solid #c0c090;
background-color: #f8eaba;
width: 100%;
margin: 2px 0;
padding: 2px;
}

.messagebox.small {
width: 238px;
font-size: 85%;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
clear: both;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0 0 1em 1em;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

.messagebox.small-talk {
width: 238px;
font-size: 85%;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
clear: both;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0 0 1em 1em;
line-height: 1.25em;
background-color: #f8eaba;
}

/* Cell sizes for ambox/tmbox/imbox/cmbox/ombox/fmbox/dmbox message boxes */
th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* 0.9em left/right */
width: 100%; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */
}

td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */
text-align: center;
}

td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */
text-align: center;
}

td.mbox-empty-cell { /* An empty narrow cell */
border: none;
padding: 0;
width: 1px;
}

/* Article message box styles */
table.ambox {
margin: 0 10%; /* 10% = Will not overlap with other elements */
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */
background-color: #fbfbfb;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.ambox + table.ambox { /* Single border between stacked boxes. */
margin-top: -1px;
}

.ambox th.mbox-text,
.ambox td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */
padding: 0.25em 0.5em; /* 0.5em left/right */
}

.ambox td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0 2px 0.5em; /* 0.5em left, 0px right */
}

.ambox td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0.5em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.5em right */
}

table.ambox-notice {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Blue */
}

table.ambox-speedy {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.ambox-delete {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.ambox-content {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.ambox-style {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.ambox-move {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.ambox-protection {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

/* Image message box styles */
table.imbox {
margin: 4px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 3px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */
background-color: #fbfbfb;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

.imbox .mbox-text .imbox { /* For imboxes inside imbox-text cells. */
margin: 0 -0.5em; /* 0.9 - 0.5 = 0.4em left/right. */
display: block; /* Fix for webkit to force 100% width. */
}

.mbox-inside .imbox { /* For imboxes inside other templates. */
margin: 4px;
}

table.imbox-notice {
border: 3px solid #36c; /* Blue */
}

table.imbox-speedy {
border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.imbox-delete {
border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.imbox-content {
border: 3px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.imbox-style {
border: 3px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.imbox-move {
border: 3px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.imbox-protection {
border: 3px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

table.imbox-license {
border: 3px solid #88a; /* Dark gray */
background-color: #f7f8ff; /* Light gray */
}

table.imbox-featured {
border: 3px solid #cba135; /* Brown-gold */
}

/* Category message box styles */
table.cmbox {
margin: 3px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #dfe8ff; /* Default "notice" blue */
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.cmbox-notice {
background-color: #d8e8ff; /* Blue */
}

table.cmbox-speedy {
margin-top: 4px;
margin-bottom: 4px;
border: 4px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */
}

table.cmbox-delete {
background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */
}

table.cmbox-content {
background-color: #ffe7ce; /* Orange */
}

table.cmbox-style {
background-color: #fff9db; /* Yellow */
}

table.cmbox-move {
background-color: #e4d8ff; /* Purple */
}

table.cmbox-protection {
background-color: #efefe1; /* Gray-gold */
}

/* Other pages message box styles */
table.ombox {
margin: 4px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */
background-color: #f8f9fa;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.ombox-notice {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray */
}

table.ombox-speedy {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.ombox-delete {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.ombox-content {
border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.ombox-style {
border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.ombox-move {
border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.ombox-protection {
border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

/* Talk page message box styles */
table.tmbox {
margin: 4px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */
background-color: #f8eaba;
min-width: 80%;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

.tmbox.mbox-small {
min-width: 0; /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */
}

.mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { /* For tmboxes inside other templates. The "mediawiki" class ensures that */
margin: 2px 0; /* this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */
width: 100%; /* For Safari and Opera */
}

.mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /* "small" tmboxes should not be small when */
line-height: 1.5em; /* also "nested", so reset styles that are */
font-size: 100%; /* set in "mbox-small" above. */
}

table.tmbox-speedy {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.tmbox-delete {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.tmbox-content {
border: 2px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.tmbox-style {
border: 2px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.tmbox-move {
border: 2px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.tmbox-protection,
table.tmbox-notice {
border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Gray-brown */
}

/* Footer and header message box styles */
table.fmbox {
clear: both;
margin: 0.2em 0;
width: 100%;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #f8f9fa; /* Default "system" gray */
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.fmbox-system {
background-color: #f8f9fa;
}

table.fmbox-warning {
border: 1px solid #bb7070; /* Dark pink */
background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */
}

table.fmbox-editnotice {
background-color: transparent;
}

/* Div based "warning" style fmbox messages. */
div.mw-warning-with-logexcerpt,
div.mw-lag-warn-high,
div.mw-cascadeprotectedwarning,
div#mw-protect-cascadeon,
div.titleblacklist-warning {
clear: both;
margin: 0.2em 0;
border: 1px solid #bb7070;
background-color: #ffdbdb;
padding: 0.25em 0.9em;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

/* Use default color for partial block fmbox banner per [[Special:PermaLink/1028105567#pblock-style]] */
.mw-contributions-blocked-notice-partial .mw-warning-with-logexcerpt {
border-color: #fc3;
background-color: #fef6e7;
}

/* These mbox-small classes must be placed after all other
ambox/tmbox/ombox etc classes. "html body.mediawiki" is so
they override "table.ambox + table.ambox" above. */
html body.mediawiki .mbox-small { /* For the "small=yes" option. */
/* @noflip */
clear: right;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
/* @noflip */
margin: 4px 0 4px 1em;
box-sizing: border-box;
width: 238px;
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

html body.mediawiki .mbox-small-left { /* For the "small=left" option. */
/* @noflip */
margin: 4px 1em 4px 0;
box-sizing: border-box;
overflow: hidden;
width: 238px;
border-collapse: collapse;
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

/* Style for compact ambox */
/* Hide the images */
.compact-ambox table .mbox-image,
.compact-ambox table .mbox-imageright,
.compact-ambox table .mbox-empty-cell {
display: none;
}

/* Remove borders, backgrounds, padding, etc. */
.compact-ambox table.ambox {
border: none;
border-collapse: collapse;
background-color: transparent;
margin: 0 0 0 1.6em !important;
padding: 0 !important;
width: auto;
display: block;
}

body.mediawiki .compact-ambox table.mbox-small-left {
font-size: 100%;
width: auto;
margin: 0;
}

/* Style the text cell as a list item and remove its padding */
.compact-ambox table .mbox-text {
padding: 0 !important;
margin: 0 !important;
}

.compact-ambox table .mbox-text-span {
display: list-item;
line-height: 1.5em;
list-style-type: square;
list-style-image: url(/w/skins/MonoBook/resources/images/bullet.svg);
}

/* Allow for hiding text in compact form */
.compact-ambox .hide-when-compact {
display: none;
}

/* Remove underlines from certain links */
.nounderlines a,
.IPA a:link,
.IPA a:visited {
text-decoration: none !important;
}

/* Prevent line breaks in silly places where desired (nowrap)
and links when we don't want them to (nowraplinks a) */
.nowrap,
.nowraplinks a {
white-space: nowrap;
}

/* But allow wrapping where desired: */
.wrap,
.wraplinks a {
white-space: normal;
}

/* Increase the height of the image upload box */
#wpUploadDescription {
height: 13em;
}

/* Minimum thumb width */
.thumbinner {
min-width: 100px;
}

/* Prevent floating boxes from overlapping any category listings,
file histories, edit previews, and edit [Show changes] views. */
#mw-subcategories,
#mw-pages,
#mw-category-media,
#filehistory,
#wikiPreview,
#wikiDiff {
clear: both;
}

/* Selectively hide headers in WikiProject banners */
/* TemplateStyles */
.wpb .wpb-header {
display: none;
}

.wpbs-inner .wpb .wpb-header {
display: table-row;
}

.wpbs-inner .wpb-outside {
display: none; /* hide things that should only display outside shells */
}

/* Styling for Abuse Filter tags */
.mw-tag-markers {
font-style: italic;
font-size: 90%;
}

/* Hide stuff meant for accounts with special permissions. Made visible again in
[[MediaWiki:Group-checkuser.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-sysop.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-abusefilter.css]],
[[MediaWiki:Group-abusefilter-helper.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-patroller.css]],
[[MediaWiki:Group-templateeditor.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-extendedmover.css]],
[[MediaWiki:Group-extendedconfirmed.css]], and [[Mediawiki:Group-autoconfirmed.css]]. */
.checkuser-show,
.sysop-show,
.abusefilter-show,
.abusefilter-helper-show,
.patroller-show,
.templateeditor-show,
.extendedmover-show,
.extendedconfirmed-show,
.autoconfirmed-show,
.user-show {
display: none;
}

/* Hide the redlink generated by {{Editnotice}},
this overrides the ".sysop-show { display: none; }" above that applies
to the same link as well. See [[phab:T45013]]

Hide the images in editnotices to keep them readable in VE view.
Long term, editnotices should become a core feature so that they can be designed responsive. */
.ve-ui-mwNoticesPopupTool-item .editnotice-redlink,
.ve-ui-mwNoticesPopupTool-item .mbox-image,
.ve-ui-mwNoticesPopupTool-item .mbox-imageright {
display: none !important;
}

/* Remove bullets when there are multiple edit page warnings */
ul.permissions-errors > li {
list-style: none none;
}

ul.permissions-errors {
margin: 0;
}

/* texhtml class for inline math (based on generic times-serif class) */
span.texhtml {
font-family: "Nimbus Roman No9 L", "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
font-size: 118%;
line-height: 1;
white-space: nowrap;
/* Force tabular and lining display for texhtml */
-moz-font-feature-settings: "lnum", "tnum", "kern" 0;
-webkit-font-feature-settings: "lnum", "tnum", "kern" 0;
font-feature-settings: "lnum", "tnum", "kern" 0;
font-variant-numeric: lining-nums tabular-nums;
font-kerning: none;
}

span.texhtml span.texhtml {
font-size: 100%;
}

span.mwe-math-mathml-inline {
font-size: 118%;
}

/* Make <math display="block"> be left aligned with one space indent for
* compatibility with style conventions
*/
.mwe-math-fallback-image-display,
.mwe-math-mathml-display {
margin-left: 1.6em !important;
margin-top: 0.6em;
margin-bottom: 0.6em;
}

.mwe-math-mathml-display math {
display: inline;
}

/* Work-around for [[phab:T25965]] / [[phab:T100106]] (Kaltura advertisement) */
.k-player .k-attribution {
visibility: hidden;
}

/* Move 'play' button of video player to bottom left corner */
.PopUpMediaTransform a .play-btn-large {
margin: 0;
top: auto;
right: auto;
bottom: 0;
left: 0;
}

@media screen {
/* Gallery styles background changes are restricted to screen view.
In printing we should avoid applying backgrounds. */
/* The backgrounds for galleries. */
#content .gallerybox div.thumb {
/* Light gray padding */
background-color: #f8f9fa;
}
/* Put a chequered background behind images, only visible if they have transparency.
'.filehistory a img' and '#file img:hover' are handled by MediaWiki core (as of 1.19) */
.gallerybox .thumb img {
background: #fff url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/5d/Checker-16x16.png) repeat;
}
/* But not on articles, user pages, portals or with opt-out. */
.ns-0 .gallerybox .thumb img,
.ns-2 .gallerybox .thumb img,
.ns-100 .gallerybox .thumb img,
.nochecker .gallerybox .thumb img {
background-image: none;
}

/* Display "From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia" in skins that support it,
do not apply to print mode */
#siteSub {
display: block;
}
}

/* Hide FlaggedRevs notice UI when there are no pending changes */
.flaggedrevs_draft_synced,
.flaggedrevs_stable_synced,
/* "Temporary" to remove links in sidebar T255381 */
#t-upload,
/* Hide broken download box on Special:Book pending T285400 */
.mw-special-Book #coll-downloadbox {
display: none;
}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2023-05-22T06:54:59Z

Wikibase-admin:

/* mobile search icon fix */
nav.minerva-user-navigation>div {
display:block!important;
}

/* Reset italic styling set by user agent */
cite,
dfn {
font-style: inherit;
}

/* Straight quote marks for <q> */
q {
quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'";
}

/* Avoid collision of blockquote with floating elements by swapping margin and padding */
blockquote {
overflow: hidden;
margin: 1em 0;
padding: 0 40px;
}

/* Consistent size for , and */
small {
font-size: 85%;
}

.mw-body-content sub,
.mw-body-content sup {
font-size: 80%;
}

/* Same spacing for indented and unindented paragraphs on talk pages */
.ns-talk .mw-body-content dd {
margin-top: 0.4em;
margin-bottom: 0.4em;
}

/* Main page fixes */
#interwiki-completelist {
font-weight: bold;
}

/* Reduce page jumps by hiding collapsed/dismissed content */
.client-js .mw-special-Watchlist #watchlist-message,
.client-js .collapsible:not( .mw-made-collapsible).collapsed > tbody > tr:not(:first-child),

/* Hide charinsert base for those not using the gadget */
#editpage-specialchars {
display: none;
}

/* Adds padding above Watchlist announcements where new recentchanges/watchlist filters are enabled */
.mw-rcfilters-enabled .mw-specialpage-summary {
margin-top: 1em;
}

/* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */
.citation:target {
background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133);
}

/* Styling for citations. Breaks long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */
.citation {
word-wrap: break-word;
}

/* Make the list of references smaller
* Keep in sync with Template:Refbegin/styles.css
* And Template:Reflist/styles.css
*/
ol.references {
font-size: 90%;
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
}

/* Style for horizontal lists (separator following item).
@source mediawiki.org/wiki/Snippets/Horizontal_lists
@revision 8 (2016-05-21)
@author [[User:Edokter]]
*/
.hlist dl,
.hlist ol,
.hlist ul {
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
}

/* Display list items inline */
.hlist dd,
.hlist dt,
.hlist li {
margin: 0; /* don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline
* removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again */
display: inline;
}

/* Display nested lists inline */
.hlist.inline,
.hlist.inline dl,
.hlist.inline ol,
.hlist.inline ul,
.hlist dl dl,
.hlist dl ol,
.hlist dl ul,
.hlist ol dl,
.hlist ol ol,
.hlist ol ul,
.hlist ul dl,
.hlist ul ol,
.hlist ul ul {
display: inline;
}

/* Hide empty list items */
.hlist .mw-empty-li {
display: none;
}

/* Generate interpuncts */
.hlist dt:after {
content: ": ";
}

/**
* Note hlist style usage differs in Minerva and is defined in core as well!
* Please check Minerva desktop (and Minerva.css) when changing
* See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T213239
*/
.hlist dd:after,
.hlist li:after {
content: " · ";
font-weight: bold;
}

.hlist dd:last-child:after,
.hlist dt:last-child:after,
.hlist li:last-child:after {
content: none;
}

/* Add parentheses around nested lists */
.hlist dd dd:first-child:before,
.hlist dd dt:first-child:before,
.hlist dd li:first-child:before,
.hlist dt dd:first-child:before,
.hlist dt dt:first-child:before,
.hlist dt li:first-child:before,
.hlist li dd:first-child:before,
.hlist li dt:first-child:before,
.hlist li li:first-child:before {
content: " (";
font-weight: normal;
}

.hlist dd dd:last-child:after,
.hlist dd dt:last-child:after,
.hlist dd li:last-child:after,
.hlist dt dd:last-child:after,
.hlist dt dt:last-child:after,
.hlist dt li:last-child:after,
.hlist li dd:last-child:after,
.hlist li dt:last-child:after,
.hlist li li:last-child:after {
content: ")";
font-weight: normal;
}

/* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */
.hlist ol {
counter-reset: listitem;
}

.hlist ol > li {
counter-increment: listitem;
}

.hlist ol > li:before {
content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0";
}

.hlist dd ol > li:first-child:before,
.hlist dt ol > li:first-child:before,
.hlist li ol > li:first-child:before {
content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0";
}

/* Unbulleted lists */
.plainlist ol,
.plainlist ul {
line-height: inherit;
list-style: none none;
margin: 0;
}

.plainlist ol li,
.plainlist ul li {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* Default style for navigation boxes */
.navbox { /* Navbox container style */
box-sizing: border-box;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
width: 100%;
clear: both;
font-size: 88%;
text-align: center;
padding: 1px;
margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */
}

.navbox .navbox {
margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */
}

.navbox + .navbox {
margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */
}

.navbox-inner,
.navbox-subgroup {
width: 100%;
}

.navbox-group,
.navbox-title,
.navbox-abovebelow {
padding: 0.25em 1em; /* Title, group and above/below styles */
line-height: 1.5em;
text-align: center;
}

th.navbox-group { /* Group style */
white-space: nowrap;
/* @noflip */
text-align: right;
}

.navbox,
.navbox-subgroup {
background-color: #fdfdfd; /* Background color */
}

.navbox-list {
line-height: 1.5em;
border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */
}

/* cell spacing for navbox cells */
tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow,
tr + tr > .navbox-group,
tr + tr > .navbox-image,
tr + tr > .navbox-list { /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */
border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */
}

.navbox th,
.navbox-title {
background-color: #ccccff; /* Level 1 color */
}

.navbox-abovebelow,
th.navbox-group,
.navbox-subgroup .navbox-title {
background-color: #ddddff; /* Level 2 color */
}

.navbox-subgroup .navbox-group,
.navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow {
background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */
}

.navbox-even {
background-color: #f7f7f7; /* Even row striping */
}

.navbox-odd {
background-color: transparent; /* Odd row striping */
}

.navbox .hlist td dl,
.navbox .hlist td ol,
.navbox .hlist td ul,
.navbox td.hlist dl,
.navbox td.hlist ol,
.navbox td.hlist ul {
padding: 0.125em 0; /* Adjust hlist padding in navboxes */
}

/* Styling for JQuery makeCollapsible, matching that of collapseButton */
.mw-parser-output .mw-collapsible-toggle {
font-weight: normal;
/* @noflip */
text-align: right;
padding-right: 0.2em;
padding-left: 0.2em;
}

.mw-collapsible-leftside-toggle .mw-collapsible-toggle {
/* @noflip */
float: left;
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* Infobox template style */
.infobox {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
border-spacing: 3px;
background-color: #f8f9fa;
color: black;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0.5em 0 0.5em 1em;
padding: 0.2em;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
/* @noflip */
clear: right;
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.5em;
width: 22em;
}

/* Remove .infobox-subbox in a week or so as TemplateStyles version rolls out */
/* not strictly certain these styles are necessary
* just replicating the module faithfully
*/
.infobox-subbox {
padding: 0;
border: none;
margin: -3px;
width: auto;
min-width: 100%;
font-size: 100%;
clear: none;
float: none;
background-color: transparent;
}

.infobox-header,
.infobox-label,
.infobox-above,
.infobox-full-data,
.infobox-data,
.infobox-below,
.infobox-subheader,
.infobox-image,
.infobox-navbar,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox th,
.infobox td {
vertical-align: top;
}

.infobox-label,
.infobox-data,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox th,
.infobox td {
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* Remove .infobox when element selectors above are removed */
.infobox .infobox-above,
.infobox .infobox-title,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox caption {
font-size: 125%;
font-weight: bold;
text-align: center;
}

.infobox-title,
/* Remove element selector when every .infobox thing is using the standard module/templates */
.infobox caption {
padding: 0.2em;
}

/* Remove .infobox when element selectors above are removed */
.infobox .infobox-header,
.infobox .infobox-subheader,
.infobox .infobox-image,
.infobox .infobox-full-data,
.infobox .infobox-below {
text-align: center;
}

/* Remove .infobox when element selectors above are removed */
.infobox .infobox-navbar {
/* @noflip */
text-align: right;
}

/* Normal font styling for wikitable row headers with scope="row" tag */
.wikitable.plainrowheaders th[scope=row] {
font-weight: normal;
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* Lists in wikitable data cells are always left-aligned */
.wikitable td ul,
.wikitable td ol,
.wikitable td dl {
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
}

/* ...unless they also use the hlist class */
.toc.hlist ul,
#toc.hlist ul {
text-align: inherit;
}

/* Fix for hieroglyphs specificity issue in infoboxes ([[phab:T43869]]) */
table.mw-hiero-table td {
vertical-align: middle;
}

/* Change the external link icon to an Adobe icon for all PDF files */
.mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".pdf?"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".pdf#"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href$=".PDF"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".PDF?"].external,
.mw-parser-output a[href*=".PDF#"].external {
background: url("//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/Icons-mini-file_acrobat.gif") no-repeat right;
/* @noflip */
padding-right: 18px;
}

/* Messagebox templates */
.messagebox {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #f8f9fa;
width: 80%;
margin: 0 auto 1em auto;
padding: .2em;
}

.messagebox.merge {
border: 1px solid #c0b8cc;
background-color: #f0e5ff;
text-align: center;
}

.messagebox.cleanup {
border: 1px solid #9f9fff;
background-color: #efefff;
text-align: center;
}

.messagebox.standard-talk {
border: 1px solid #c0c090;
background-color: #f8eaba;
margin: 4px auto;
}

/* For old WikiProject banners inside banner shells. */
.mbox-inside .standard-talk {
border: 1px solid #c0c090;
background-color: #f8eaba;
width: 100%;
margin: 2px 0;
padding: 2px;
}

.messagebox.small {
width: 238px;
font-size: 85%;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
clear: both;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0 0 1em 1em;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

.messagebox.small-talk {
width: 238px;
font-size: 85%;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
clear: both;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0 0 1em 1em;
line-height: 1.25em;
background-color: #f8eaba;
}

/* Cell sizes for ambox/tmbox/imbox/cmbox/ombox/fmbox/dmbox message boxes */
th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* 0.9em left/right */
width: 100%; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */
}

td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */
text-align: center;
}

td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */
text-align: center;
}

td.mbox-empty-cell { /* An empty narrow cell */
border: none;
padding: 0;
width: 1px;
}

/* Article message box styles */
table.ambox {
margin: 0 10%; /* 10% = Will not overlap with other elements */
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */
background-color: #fbfbfb;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.ambox + table.ambox { /* Single border between stacked boxes. */
margin-top: -1px;
}

.ambox th.mbox-text,
.ambox td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */
padding: 0.25em 0.5em; /* 0.5em left/right */
}

.ambox td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0 2px 0.5em; /* 0.5em left, 0px right */
}

.ambox td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0.5em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.5em right */
}

table.ambox-notice {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Blue */
}

table.ambox-speedy {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.ambox-delete {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.ambox-content {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.ambox-style {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.ambox-move {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.ambox-protection {
/* @noflip */
border-left: 10px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

/* Image message box styles */
table.imbox {
margin: 4px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 3px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */
background-color: #fbfbfb;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

.imbox .mbox-text .imbox { /* For imboxes inside imbox-text cells. */
margin: 0 -0.5em; /* 0.9 - 0.5 = 0.4em left/right. */
display: block; /* Fix for webkit to force 100% width. */
}

.mbox-inside .imbox { /* For imboxes inside other templates. */
margin: 4px;
}

table.imbox-notice {
border: 3px solid #36c; /* Blue */
}

table.imbox-speedy {
border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.imbox-delete {
border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.imbox-content {
border: 3px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.imbox-style {
border: 3px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.imbox-move {
border: 3px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.imbox-protection {
border: 3px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

table.imbox-license {
border: 3px solid #88a; /* Dark gray */
background-color: #f7f8ff; /* Light gray */
}

table.imbox-featured {
border: 3px solid #cba135; /* Brown-gold */
}

/* Category message box styles */
table.cmbox {
margin: 3px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #dfe8ff; /* Default "notice" blue */
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.cmbox-notice {
background-color: #d8e8ff; /* Blue */
}

table.cmbox-speedy {
margin-top: 4px;
margin-bottom: 4px;
border: 4px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */
}

table.cmbox-delete {
background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */
}

table.cmbox-content {
background-color: #ffe7ce; /* Orange */
}

table.cmbox-style {
background-color: #fff9db; /* Yellow */
}

table.cmbox-move {
background-color: #e4d8ff; /* Purple */
}

table.cmbox-protection {
background-color: #efefe1; /* Gray-gold */
}

/* Other pages message box styles */
table.ombox {
margin: 4px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */
background-color: #f8f9fa;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.ombox-notice {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray */
}

table.ombox-speedy {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.ombox-delete {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.ombox-content {
border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.ombox-style {
border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.ombox-move {
border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.ombox-protection {
border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

/* Talk page message box styles */
table.tmbox {
margin: 4px 10%;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */
background-color: #f8eaba;
min-width: 80%;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

.tmbox.mbox-small {
min-width: 0; /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */
}

.mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { /* For tmboxes inside other templates. The "mediawiki" class ensures that */
margin: 2px 0; /* this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */
width: 100%; /* For Safari and Opera */
}

.mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /* "small" tmboxes should not be small when */
line-height: 1.5em; /* also "nested", so reset styles that are */
font-size: 100%; /* set in "mbox-small" above. */
}

table.tmbox-speedy {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

table.tmbox-delete {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

table.tmbox-content {
border: 2px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

table.tmbox-style {
border: 2px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

table.tmbox-move {
border: 2px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

table.tmbox-protection,
table.tmbox-notice {
border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Gray-brown */
}

/* Footer and header message box styles */
table.fmbox {
clear: both;
margin: 0.2em 0;
width: 100%;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #f8f9fa; /* Default "system" gray */
box-sizing: border-box;
}

table.fmbox-system {
background-color: #f8f9fa;
}

table.fmbox-warning {
border: 1px solid #bb7070; /* Dark pink */
background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */
}

table.fmbox-editnotice {
background-color: transparent;
}

/* Div based "warning" style fmbox messages. */
div.mw-warning-with-logexcerpt,
div.mw-lag-warn-high,
div.mw-cascadeprotectedwarning,
div#mw-protect-cascadeon,
div.titleblacklist-warning {
clear: both;
margin: 0.2em 0;
border: 1px solid #bb7070;
background-color: #ffdbdb;
padding: 0.25em 0.9em;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

/* Use default color for partial block fmbox banner per [[Special:PermaLink/1028105567#pblock-style]] */
.mw-contributions-blocked-notice-partial .mw-warning-with-logexcerpt {
border-color: #fc3;
background-color: #fef6e7;
}

/* These mbox-small classes must be placed after all other
ambox/tmbox/ombox etc classes. "html body.mediawiki" is so
they override "table.ambox + table.ambox" above. */
html body.mediawiki .mbox-small { /* For the "small=yes" option. */
/* @noflip */
clear: right;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
/* @noflip */
margin: 4px 0 4px 1em;
box-sizing: border-box;
width: 238px;
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

html body.mediawiki .mbox-small-left { /* For the "small=left" option. */
/* @noflip */
margin: 4px 1em 4px 0;
box-sizing: border-box;
overflow: hidden;
width: 238px;
border-collapse: collapse;
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

/* Style for compact ambox */
/* Hide the images */
.compact-ambox table .mbox-image,
.compact-ambox table .mbox-imageright,
.compact-ambox table .mbox-empty-cell {
display: none;
}

/* Remove borders, backgrounds, padding, etc. */
.compact-ambox table.ambox {
border: none;
border-collapse: collapse;
background-color: transparent;
margin: 0 0 0 1.6em !important;
padding: 0 !important;
width: auto;
display: block;
}

body.mediawiki .compact-ambox table.mbox-small-left {
font-size: 100%;
width: auto;
margin: 0;
}

/* Style the text cell as a list item and remove its padding */
.compact-ambox table .mbox-text {
padding: 0 !important;
margin: 0 !important;
}

.compact-ambox table .mbox-text-span {
display: list-item;
line-height: 1.5em;
list-style-type: square;
list-style-image: url(/w/skins/MonoBook/resources/images/bullet.svg);
}

/* Allow for hiding text in compact form */
.compact-ambox .hide-when-compact {
display: none;
}

/* Remove underlines from certain links */
.nounderlines a,
.IPA a:link,
.IPA a:visited {
text-decoration: none !important;
}

/* Prevent line breaks in silly places where desired (nowrap)
and links when we don't want them to (nowraplinks a) */
.nowrap,
.nowraplinks a {
white-space: nowrap;
}

/* But allow wrapping where desired: */
.wrap,
.wraplinks a {
white-space: normal;
}

/* Increase the height of the image upload box */
#wpUploadDescription {
height: 13em;
}

/* Minimum thumb width */
.thumbinner {
min-width: 100px;
}

/* Prevent floating boxes from overlapping any category listings,
file histories, edit previews, and edit [Show changes] views. */
#mw-subcategories,
#mw-pages,
#mw-category-media,
#filehistory,
#wikiPreview,
#wikiDiff {
clear: both;
}

/* Selectively hide headers in WikiProject banners */
/* TemplateStyles */
.wpb .wpb-header {
display: none;
}

.wpbs-inner .wpb .wpb-header {
display: table-row;
}

.wpbs-inner .wpb-outside {
display: none; /* hide things that should only display outside shells */
}

/* Styling for Abuse Filter tags */
.mw-tag-markers {
font-style: italic;
font-size: 90%;
}

/* Hide stuff meant for accounts with special permissions. Made visible again in
[[MediaWiki:Group-checkuser.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-sysop.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-abusefilter.css]],
[[MediaWiki:Group-abusefilter-helper.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-patroller.css]],
[[MediaWiki:Group-templateeditor.css]], [[MediaWiki:Group-extendedmover.css]],
[[MediaWiki:Group-extendedconfirmed.css]], and [[Mediawiki:Group-autoconfirmed.css]]. */
.checkuser-show,
.sysop-show,
.abusefilter-show,
.abusefilter-helper-show,
.patroller-show,
.templateeditor-show,
.extendedmover-show,
.extendedconfirmed-show,
.autoconfirmed-show,
.user-show {
display: none;
}

/* Hide the redlink generated by {{Editnotice}},
this overrides the ".sysop-show { display: none; }" above that applies
to the same link as well. See [[phab:T45013]]

Hide the images in editnotices to keep them readable in VE view.
Long term, editnotices should become a core feature so that they can be designed responsive. */
.ve-ui-mwNoticesPopupTool-item .editnotice-redlink,
.ve-ui-mwNoticesPopupTool-item .mbox-image,
.ve-ui-mwNoticesPopupTool-item .mbox-imageright {
display: none !important;
}

/* Remove bullets when there are multiple edit page warnings */
ul.permissions-errors > li {
list-style: none none;
}

ul.permissions-errors {
margin: 0;
}

/* texhtml class for inline math (based on generic times-serif class) */
span.texhtml {
font-family: "Nimbus Roman No9 L", "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
font-size: 118%;
line-height: 1;
white-space: nowrap;
/* Force tabular and lining display for texhtml */
-moz-font-feature-settings: "lnum", "tnum", "kern" 0;
-webkit-font-feature-settings: "lnum", "tnum", "kern" 0;
font-feature-settings: "lnum", "tnum", "kern" 0;
font-variant-numeric: lining-nums tabular-nums;
font-kerning: none;
}

span.texhtml span.texhtml {
font-size: 100%;
}

span.mwe-math-mathml-inline {
font-size: 118%;
}

/* Make <math display="block"> be left aligned with one space indent for
* compatibility with style conventions
*/
.mwe-math-fallback-image-display,
.mwe-math-mathml-display {
margin-left: 1.6em !important;
margin-top: 0.6em;
margin-bottom: 0.6em;
}

.mwe-math-mathml-display math {
display: inline;
}

/* Work-around for [[phab:T25965]] / [[phab:T100106]] (Kaltura advertisement) */
.k-player .k-attribution {
visibility: hidden;
}

/* Move 'play' button of video player to bottom left corner */
.PopUpMediaTransform a .play-btn-large {
margin: 0;
top: auto;
right: auto;
bottom: 0;
left: 0;
}

@media screen {
/* Gallery styles background changes are restricted to screen view.
In printing we should avoid applying backgrounds. */
/* The backgrounds for galleries. */
#content .gallerybox div.thumb {
/* Light gray padding */
background-color: #f8f9fa;
}
/* Put a chequered background behind images, only visible if they have transparency.
'.filehistory a img' and '#file img:hover' are handled by MediaWiki core (as of 1.19) */
.gallerybox .thumb img {
background: #fff url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/5d/Checker-16x16.png) repeat;
}
/* But not on articles, user pages, portals or with opt-out. */
.ns-0 .gallerybox .thumb img,
.ns-2 .gallerybox .thumb img,
.ns-100 .gallerybox .thumb img,
.nochecker .gallerybox .thumb img {
background-image: none;
}

/* Display "From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia" in skins that support it,
do not apply to print mode */
#siteSub {
display: block;
}
}

/* Hide FlaggedRevs notice UI when there are no pending changes */
.flaggedrevs_draft_synced,
.flaggedrevs_stable_synced,
/* "Temporary" to remove links in sidebar T255381 */
#t-upload,
/* Hide broken download box on Special:Book pending T285400 */
.mw-special-Book #coll-downloadbox {
display: none;
}

Module:Video game wikidata/doc

2023-05-19T12:27:22Z

Wikibase-admin: Created page with "{{Module rating |alpha}} <!-- Please pl..."

{{Module rating |alpha}}

== Usage ==
<nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:{{PAGENAME}}|''getSystemAlias''|<numeric-id>}}
<nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:{{PAGENAME}}|''getSystemID''|<alias>}}
<nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:{{PAGENAME}}|''getAggregatorAlias''|<numeric-id>}}
<nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:{{PAGENAME}}|''getAggregatorID''|<alias>}}
<nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:{{PAGENAME}}|''getReviewerAlias''|<numeric-id>}}
<nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:{{PAGENAME}}|''getReviewerID''|<alias>}}

<includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox | |

[[Category:Modules using data from Wikidata]]
}}</includeonly>

Module:Video game wikidata

2023-05-19T12:26:19Z

Wikibase-admin: Replaced content with "local p = {} function p.getSystemAlias(numericId) return "" end function p.getSystemID(system) return "" end function p.getAggregatorAlias(numericId) return "" end..."

local p = {}

function p.getSystemAlias(numericId)
return ""
end

function p.getSystemID(system)
return ""
end

function p.getAggregatorAlias(numericId)
return ""
end

function p.getAggregatorID(system)
return ""
end

function p.getReviewerAlias(numericId)
return ""
end

function p.getReviewerID(system)
return ""
end

function p.setReviewer(iReviewer)
return ""
end;

function p.setDateFormat(iDf)
return ""
end;

function p.setSystemFormat(iSf)
return ""
end;

function p.setUpdateLinkStyle(iStyle)
return ""
end;

function p.setGame(iGame)
return ""
end;

function p.setSystem(iSystem)
return ""
end;

function p.setGenerateReferences(iGenRefs)
return ""
end;

function p.setShowSystem(iShowSystem)
return ""
end;

function p.setShowUpdateLink(iShowUpdateLink)
return ""
end;

function p.getUpdateLink()
return ""
end;

function p.getSitelink()
return ""
end;

function p.getLabel()
return ""
end;

function p.getParts()
return ""
end;

function p.getEarliestPublicationDate()
return ""
end;

function p.printReviewScores(frame)
return ""
end;

return p

Module:WikidataIB

2023-05-19T12:15:22Z

Wikibase-admin:

local p = {}

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Public functions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getValue makes the functionality of getValue available to other modules
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced;
-- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getValue = function(args)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValue is used to get the value(s) of a property
-- The property ID is passed as the first unnamed parameter and is required.
-- A locally supplied parameter may optionaly be supplied as the second unnamed parameter.
-- The function will now also return qualifiers if parameter qual is supplied
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced;
-- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPreferredValue is used to get a value,
-- (or a comma separated list of them if multiple values exist).
-- If preferred ranks are set, it will return those values, otherwise values with normal ranks
-- now redundant to getValue with |rank=best
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: p.getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput;
-- parseParam; sourced; labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date;
-- makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getPreferredValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getCoords is used to get coordinates for display in an infobox
-- whitelist and blacklist are implemented
-- optional 'display' parameter is allowed, defaults to nil - was "inline, title"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks(); parseInput(); decimalPrecision();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getCoords = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQualifierValue is used to get a formatted value of a qualifier
--
-- The call needs: a property (the unnamed parameter or 1=)
-- a target value for that property (pval=)
-- a qualifier for that target value (qual=)
-- The usual whitelisting and blacklisting of the property is implemented
-- The boolean onlysourced= parameter can be set to return nothing
-- when the property is unsourced (or only sourced to Wikipedia)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam(); setRanks(); parseInput(); sourced();
-- propertyvalueandquals(); assembleoutput();
-- labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date();
-- findLang(); makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQualifierValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getSumOfParts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list.
-- The list is passed in parameter vlist.
-- It consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation.
-- If the matched values have a qualifier 'quantity' (P1114), those quantities are summed.
-- The sum is returned as a number or nothing if zero.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getsumofparts;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getSumOfParts = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByQual gets the value of a property which has a qualifier with a given entity value
-- The call needs:
-- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
-- the ID of a qualifier for that property (qualID=Pyyy)
-- either the Wikibase-entity ID of a value for that qualifier (qvalue=Qzzz)
-- or a string value for that qualifier (qvalue=abc123)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced;
-- assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByQual = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByLang gets the value of a property which has a qualifier P407
-- ("language of work or name") whose value has the given language code
-- The call needs:
-- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
-- the MediaWiki language code to match the language (lang=xx[-yy])
-- (if no code is supplied, it uses the default language)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByLang = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByRefSource gets the value of a property which has a reference "stated in" (P248)
-- whose value has the given entity-ID.
-- The call needs:
-- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
-- the entity ID of a value to match where the reference is stated in (match=Qzzz)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByRefSource = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPropertyIDs takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity.
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getPropertyIDs = function(args)
return ""
end

p.getPropertyIDs = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQualifierIDs takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- It takes a property-id as the first unnamed parameter, and an optional parameter qlist
-- which is a list of qualifier property-ids to search for (default is "ALL")
-- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity.
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQualifierIDs = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPropOfProp takes two propertyIDs: prop1 and prop2 (as well as the usual parameters)
-- If the value(s) of prop1 are of type "wikibase-item" then it returns the value(s) of prop2
-- of each of those wikibase-items.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getPropOfProp = function(args)
return ""
end

p.getPropOfProp = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAwardCat takes most of the usual parameters. If the item has values of P166 (award received),
-- then it examines each of those awards for P2517 (category for recipients of this award).
-- If it exists, it returns the corresponding category,
-- with the item's P734 (family name) as sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name.
-- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk).
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAwardCat = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getIntersectCat takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-- It takes two properties, |prop1 and |prop2 (e.g. occupation and country of citizenship)
-- Each property's value is a wiki-base entity
-- For each value of the first parameter (ranks implemented) it fetches the value's main category
-- and then each value of the second parameter (possibly substituting a simpler description)
-- then it returns all of the categories representing the intersection of those properties,
-- (e.g. Category:Actors from Canada). A joining term may be supplied (e.g. |join=from).
-- The item's P734 (family name) is the sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name.
-- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getIntersectCat = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- qualsToTable takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- A qid may be given, and the first unnamed parameter is the property ID, which is of type wikibase item.
-- It takes a list of qualifier property IDs as |quals=
-- For a given qid and property, it creates the rows of an html table,
-- each row being a value of the property (optionally only if the property matches the value in |pval= )
-- each cell being the first value of the qualifier corresponding to the list in |quals
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.qualsToTable = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getGlobe takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- otherwise it uses the linked item for the current page.
-- If returns the Qid of the globe used in P625 (coordinate location),
-- or nil if there isn't one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getGlobe = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getCommonsLink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It returns one of the following in order of preference:
-- the Commons sitelink of the linked Wikidata item;
-- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the linked Wikidata item;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getCommonslink(); _getSitelink(); parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getCommonsLink = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink
-- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki.
-- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getSiteLink = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLink has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns a link to the article
-- with the Wikidata label as the displayed text.
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns the label as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLink = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLabel has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLabel = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- label has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- if no qid is supplied, it uses the qid associated with the current page.
-- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.label = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAT (Article Title)
-- has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns the sitelink as plain text.
-- If there is no sitelink or qid supplied, it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAT = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getDescription has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted)
-- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter.
-- Any local parameter passed (other than "Wikidata" or "none") becomes the return value.
-- It returns the article description for the Wikidata entity if the local parameter is "Wikidata".
-- Nothing is returned if the description doesn't exist or "none" is passed as the local parameter.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getDescription = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAliases has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted)
-- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter.
-- It implements blacklisting and whitelisting with a field name of "alias" by default.
-- Any local parameter passed becomes the return value.
-- Otherwise it returns the aliases for the Wikidata entity with the usual list options.
-- Nothing is returned if the aliases do not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); assembleoutput()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAliases = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- pageId returns the page id (entity ID, Qnnn) of the current page
-- returns nothing if the page is not connected to Wikidata
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.pageId = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatDate is a wrapper to export the private function format_Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: format_Date();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.formatDate = function(frame)
return format_Date(frame.args[1], frame.args.df, frame.args.bc)
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- location is a wrapper to export the private function _location
-- it takes the entity-id as qid or the first unnamed parameter
-- optional boolean parameter first toggles the display of the first item
-- optional boolean parameter skip toggles the display to skip to the last item
-- parameter debug=<y/n> (default 'n') adds error msg if not a location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _location();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.location = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkBlacklist implements a test to check whether a named field is allowed
-- returns true if the field is not blacklisted (i.e. allowed)
-- returns false if the field is blacklisted (i.e. disallowed)
-- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Joe |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}}
-- displays "blacklisted"
-- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Jim |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}}
-- displays "not blacklisted"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.checkBlacklist = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- emptyor returns nil if its first unnamed argument is just punctuation, whitespace or html tags
-- otherwise it returns the argument unchanged (including leading/trailing space).
-- If the argument may contain "=", then it must be called explicitly:
-- |1=arg
-- (In that case, leading and trailing spaces are trimmed)
-- It finds use in infoboxes where it can replace tests like:
-- {{#if: {{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} | {{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} | }}
-- with a form that uses just a single call to Wikidata:
-- {{#invoke |WikidataIB |emptyor |1= {{#invoke:WikidataIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.emptyor = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- labelorid is a public function to expose the output of labelOrId()
-- Pass the Q-number as |qid= or as an unnamed parameter.
-- It returns the Wikidata label for that entity or the qid if no label exists.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: labelOrId
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.labelorid = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLang returns the MediaWiki language code of the current content.
-- If optional parameter |style=full, it returns the language name.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLang = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank)
-- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value
-- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value
-- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getItemLangCode()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getItemLangCode = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- findLanguage exports the local findLang() function
-- It takes an optional language code and returns, in order of preference:
-- the code if a known language;
-- the user's language, if set;
-- the server's content language.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.findLanguage = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQid returns the qid, if supplied
-- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID of the "category's main topic (P301)", if it exists
-- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID associated with the current page, if it exists
-- otherwise, nothing
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQid = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- followQid takes four optional parameters: qid, props, list and all.
-- If qid is not given, it uses the qid for the connected page
-- or returns nil if there isn't one.
-- props is a list of properties, separated by punctuation.
-- If props is given, the Wikidata item for the qid is examined for each property in turn.
-- If that property contains a value that is another Wikibase-item, that item's qid is returned,
-- and the search terminates, unless |all=y when all of the qids are returned, separated by spaces.
-- If |list= is set to a template, the qids are passed as arguments to the template.
-- If props is not given, the qid is returned.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._followQid = function(args)
return ""
end

p.followQid = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- globalSiteID returns the globalSiteID for the current wiki
-- e.g. returns "enwiki" for the English Wikipedia, "enwikisource" for English Wikisource, etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.globalSiteID = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- siteID returns the root of the globalSiteID
-- e.g. "en" for "enwiki", "enwikisource", etc.
-- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.siteID = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- projID returns the code used to link to the reader's language's project
-- e.g "en" for [[:en:WikidataIB]]
-- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.projID = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatNumber formats a number according to the the supplied language code ("|lang=")
-- or the default language if not supplied.
-- The number is the first unnamed parameter or "|num="
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.formatNumber = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- examine dumps the property (the unnamed parameter or pid)
-- from the item given by the parameter 'qid' (or the other unnamed parameter)
-- or from the item corresponding to the current page if qid is not supplied.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |pid=P26 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26 |Q42}} or any combination of these
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26}} for the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.examine = function( frame )
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkvalue looks for 'val' as a wikibase-item value of a property (the unnamed parameter or pid)
-- from the item given by the parameter 'qid'
-- or from the Wikidata item associated with the current page if qid is not supplied.
-- It only checks ranks that are requested (preferred and normal by default)
-- If property is not supplied, then P31 (instance of) is assumed.
-- It returns val if found or nothing if not found.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |pid=P31 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31}} for the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.checkvalue = function( frame )
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- url2 takes a parameter url= that is a proper url and formats it for use in an infobox.
-- If no parameter is supplied, it returns nothing.
-- This is the equivalent of Template:URL
-- but it keeps the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon out of the microformat.
-- Usually it will take its url parameter directly from a Wikidata call:
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |url2 |url={{wdib |P856 |qid=Q23317 |fwd=ALL |osd=no}} }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.url2 = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getWebsite fetches the Official website (P856) and formats it for use in an infobox.
-- This is similar to Template:Official website but with a url displayed,
-- and it adds the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon beyond the microformat if enabled.
-- A local value will override the Wikidata value. "NONE" returns nothing.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |getWebsite |qid= |noicon= |lang= |url= }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); parseParam();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getWebsite = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllLabels fetches the set of labels and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllLabels = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllDescriptions fetches the set of descriptions and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllDescriptions = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllAliases fetches the set of aliases and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllAliases = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- showNoLinks displays the article titles that should not be linked.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.showNoLinks = function(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkValidity checks whether the first unnamed parameter represents a valid entity-id,
-- that is, something like Q1235 or P123.
-- It returns the strings "true" or "false".
-- Change false to nil to return "true" or "" (easier to test with #if:).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.checkValidity(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getEntityFromTitle returns the Entity-ID (Q-number) for a given title.
-- Modification of Module:ResolveEntityId
-- The title is the first unnamed parameter.
-- The site parameter determines the site/language for the title. Defaults to current wiki.
-- The showdab parameter determines whether dab pages should return the Q-number or nil. Defaults to true.
-- Returns the Q-number or nil if it does not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.getEntityFromTitle(frame)
return ""
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getDatePrecision returns the number representing the precision of the first best date value
-- for the given property.
-- It takes the qid and property ID
-- The meanings are given at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times
-- 0 = 1 billion years .. 6 = millennium, 7 = century, 8 = decade, 9 = year, 10 = month, 11 = day
-- Returns 0 (or the second unnamed parameter) if the Wikidata does not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; sourced;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.getDatePrecision(frame)
return ""
end

return p

Module:Wikidata

2023-05-19T12:09:43Z

Wikibase-admin: Retain API but remove functionality

-- vim: set noexpandtab ft=lua ts=4 sw=4:

local p = {}

function p.descriptionIn(frame)
return ""
end

function p.labelIn(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get a value, or a comma separated list of them if multiple values exist
p.getValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- Same as above, but uses the short name property for label if available.
p.getValueShortName = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get a value, or a comma separated list of them if multiple values exist
-- from an arbitrary entry by using its QID.
-- Use : {{#invoke:Wikidata|getValueFromID|<ID>|<Property>|FETCH_WIKIDATA}}
-- E.g.: {{#invoke:Wikidata|getValueFromID|Q151973|P26|FETCH_WIKIDATA}} - to fetch value of 'spouse' (P26) from 'Richard Burton' (Q151973)
-- Please use sparingly - this is an *expensive call*.
p.getValueFromID = function(frame)
return ""
end
local function getQualifier(frame, outputHook)
return ""
end
p.getQualifierValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get a value like 'male' (for property p21) which won't be linked and numbers without the thousand separators
p.getRawValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get the unit name for the numeric value returned by getRawValue
p.getUnits = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get the unit's QID to use with the numeric value returned by getRawValue
p.getUnitID = function(frame)
return ""
end

p.getRawQualifierValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get a date value for date_of_birth (P569), etc. which won't be linked
-- Dates and times are stored in ISO 8601 format (sort of).
-- At present the local formatDate(date, precision, timezone) function doesn't handle timezone
-- So I'll just supply "Z" in the call to formatDate below:
p.getDateValue = function(frame)
return ""
end
p.getQualifierDateValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to fetch all of the images with a particular property, e.g. image (P18), Gene Atlas Image (P692), etc.
-- Parameters are | propertyID | value / FETCH_WIKIDATA / nil | separator (default=space) | size (default=frameless)
-- It will return a standard wiki-markup [[File:Filename | size]] for each image with a selectable size and separator (which may be html)
-- e.g. {{#invoke:Wikidata|getImages|P18|FETCH_WIKIDATA}}
-- e.g. {{#invoke:Wikidata|getImages|P18|FETCH_WIKIDATA| |250px}}
-- If a property is chosen that is not of type "commonsMedia", it will return empty text.
p.getImages = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get the TA98 (Terminologia Anatomica first edition 1998) values like 'A01.1.00.005' (property P1323)
-- which are then linked to http://www.unifr.ch/ifaa/Public/EntryPage/TA98%20Tree/Entity%20TA98%20EN/01.1.00.005%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm
-- uses the newer mw.wikibase calls instead of directly using the snaks
-- formatPropertyValues returns a table with the P1323 values concatenated with ", " so we have to split them out into a table in order to construct the return string
p.getTAValue = function(frame)
return ""
end

--[[
This is used to return an image legend from Wikidata
image is property P18
image legend is property P2096

Call as {{#invoke:Wikidata |getImageLegend | <PARAMETER> | lang=<ISO-639code> |id=<QID>}}
Returns PARAMETER, unless it is equal to "FETCH_WIKIDATA", from Item QID (expensive call)
If QID is omitted or blank, the current article is used (not an expensive call)
If lang is omitted, it uses the local wiki language, otherwise it uses the provided ISO-639 language code
ISO-639: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E13214_01/wli/docs92/xref/xqisocodes.html#wp1252447

Ranks are: 'preferred' > 'normal'
This returns the label from the first image with 'preferred' rank
Or the label from the first image with 'normal' rank if preferred returns nothing
Ranks: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Wikibase_Client/Lua
]]

p.getImageLegend = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- This is used to get the QIDs of all of the values of a property, as a comma separated list if multiple values exist
-- Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata |getPropertyIDs |<PropertyID> |FETCH_WIKIDATA}}
-- Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata |getPropertyIDs |<PropertyID> |<InputParameter> |qid=<QID>}}

p.getPropertyIDs = function(frame)
return ""
end

-- returns the page id (Q...) of the current page or nothing of the page is not connected to Wikidata
function p.pageId(frame)
return ""
end

function p.claim(frame)
return ""
end

-- look into entity object
function p.ViewSomething(frame)
return ""
end

-- getting sitelink of a given wiki
-- get sitelink of current item if qid not supplied
function p.getSiteLink(frame)
return ""
end

function p.Dump(frame)
return ""
end

return p

Module:Video game wikidata

2023-05-19T11:55:21Z

Wikibase-admin: Created page with "local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} -- Local variables. local reviewer = nil; local df = "mdy"; local entity = nil;..."

local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

local p = {}

-- Local variables.
local reviewer = nil;
local df = "mdy";
local entity = nil;
local genRefs = true;
local showSystem = true;
local showUpdateLink = true;
local system = nil;
local systemId = nil;
local systemFormat = "colon";
local updateLinkStyle = nil;
local entities = {};

-- Translation table for converting numeric-IDs to shorthand aliases.
local systemAliases = {
[10677] = 'PS1',
[1323662] = 'PS1', -- Placeholder, this is actually the series but could be mistakenly used for PS1.
[10680] = 'PS2',
[10683] = 'PS3',
[5014725] = 'PS4',
[16338] = 'PC',
[8079] = 'Wii',
[56942] = 'WiiU',
[132020] = 'XBOX',
[48263] = 'X360',
[13361286] = 'XONE',
[203597] = '3DS',
[188808] = 'PSV',
[170323] = 'DS', -- Sometimes has been NDS
[170325] = 'PSP',
[48493] = 'IOS', -- iOS, iPhone, iPad
[94] = 'AND', -- Android
[186437] = 'GB',
[188642] = 'GBA',
[203992] = 'GBC',
[184198] = 'DC',
[200912] = 'SAT',
[172742] = 'NES',
[183259] = 'SNES',
[184839] = 'N64',
[182172] = 'GC', -- Sometimes has been NGC
[19610114] = 'NS' -- Nintendo Switch
}

-- Translation table for converting system aliases to QIDs
local systemIDs = {
['PS1'] = 10677,
['PS2'] = 10680,
['PS3'] = 10683,
['PS4'] = 5014725,
['PC'] = 16338,
['WII'] = 8079,
['WIIU'] = 56942,
['XBOX'] = 132020,
['X360'] = 48263,
['XONE'] = 13361286,
['3DS'] = 203597,
['PSV'] = 188808,
['DS'] = 170323,
['NDS'] = 170323,
['PSP'] = 170325,
['IOS'] = 48493,
['AND'] = 94,
['GB'] = 186437,
['GBA'] = 188642,
['GBC'] = 203992,
['DC'] = 184198,
['SAT'] = 200912,
['NES'] = 172742,
['SNES'] = 183259,
['N64'] = 184839,
['GC'] = 182172,
['NGC'] = 182172,
['NS'] = 19610114
}

-- List of accepted aggregator arguments and their related QID.
local aggregatorAliases = {
[150248] = 'MC',
[40160] = 'GR',
[21039459] = 'OC'
}

-- List of accepted aggregator arguments and their related QID.
local aggregatorIDs = {
['MC'] = 150248,
['GR'] = 40160,
['OC'] = 21039459
}

-- List of accepted reviewer arguments and their related QID.
local reviewerAliases = {
[591573] = 'FAM',
[207708] = 'IGN'
}

-- List of accepted reviewer arguments and their related QID.
local reviewerIDs = {
['FAM'] = 591573,
['IGN'] = 207708
}

local function sortByPlatform(a,b)
local platformA = nil;
local platformB = nil;
if(a['qualifiers']['P400'] ~= nil and b['qualifiers']['P400'][1] ~= nil) then
platformA = p.getSystemAlias(a['qualifiers']['P400'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
if(platformA == nil) then
platformA = mw.wikibase.label('Q'..a['qualifiers']['P400'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;
end;
if(b['qualifiers']['P400'] ~= nil and b['qualifiers']['P400'][1] ~= nil) then
platformB = p.getSystemAlias(b['qualifiers']['P400'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
if(platformB == nil) then
platformB = mw.wikibase.label('Q'..b['qualifiers']['P400'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;
end;

return platformA < platformB
end;

local function buildCite(reference)
local referenceUrl = nil;
local cite = nil;

if(reference['snaks']['P854'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P854'][1] ~= nil) then
referenceUrl = reference['snaks']['P854'][1]['datavalue']['value'];
end;

if(referenceUrl ~= nil and referenceUrl ~= "") then
cite = "{{cite web|url="..referenceUrl;

local pubdate = nil;
local accessdate = nil;
local publisher = nil;
local work = nil;
local title = nil;
local archiveUrl = nil;
local archiveDate = nil;
local authors = {};

if(reference['snaks']['P577'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P577'][1] ~= nil) then
pubdate = reference['snaks']['P577'][1]['datavalue']['value']['time'];
end;
if(reference['snaks']['P813'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P813'][1] ~= nil) then
accessdate = reference['snaks']['P813'][1]['datavalue']['value']['time'];
end;
if(reference['snaks']['P123'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P123'][1] ~= nil) then
publisher = mw.wikibase.label('Q'..reference['snaks']['P123'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;
if(reference['snaks']['P1433'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P1433'][1] ~= nil) then
work = mw.wikibase.label('Q'..reference['snaks']['P1433'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;
if(reference['snaks']['P1476'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P1476'][1] ~= nil) then
title = reference['snaks']['P1476'][1]['datavalue']['value']['text'];
end;
if(reference['snaks']['P1065'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P1065'][1] ~= nil) then
archiveUrl = reference['snaks']['P1065'][1]['datavalue']['value'];
end;
if(reference['snaks']['P2960'] ~= nil and reference['snaks']['P2960'][1] ~= nil) then
archiveDate = reference['snaks']['P2960'][1]['datavalue']['value']['time'];
end;
if(reference['snaks']['P50'] ~= nil and #reference['snaks']['P50'] > 0) then
for i,authorDat in pairs(reference['snaks']['P50']) do
local authorQid = 'Q'..authorDat['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id'];
if(entities[authorQid] == nil) then
entities[authorQid] = mw.wikibase.getEntity(authorQid);
end;

local author = {};
author['fullname'] = mw.wikibase.label(authorQid); -- Default to label
author['first'] = nil;
author['last'] = nil;

if(entities[authorQid]['claims']['P735'] ~= nil and entities[authorQid]['claims']['P735'][1] ~= nil) then
author['first'] = mw.wikibase.label('Q'..entities[authorQid]['claims']['P735'][1]['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;
if(entities[authorQid]['claims']['P734'] ~= nil and entities[authorQid]['claims']['P734'][1] ~= nil) then
author['last'] = mw.wikibase.label('Q'..entities[authorQid]['claims']['P734'][1]['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;

table.insert(authors, author);
end;
end;

if(title ~= nil and title ~= "") then
cite = cite .. "|title="..title;
end;
if(publisher ~= nil and publisher ~= "") then
cite = cite .. "|publisher="..publisher;
end;
if(work ~= nil and work ~= "") then
cite = cite .. "|work="..work;
end;
if(pubdate ~= nil and pubdate ~= "") then
local pubdateText = Date(pubdate):text(df);

cite = cite .. "|date="..pubdateText;
end;
if(accessdate ~= nil and accessdate ~= "") then
local accessdateText = Date(accessdate):text(df);

cite = cite .. "|accessdate="..accessdateText;
end;
if(archiveUrl ~= nil and archiveUrl ~= "" and archiveDate ~= nil and archiveDate ~= "") then
local archivedateText = Date(archiveDate):text(df);
cite = cite .. "|archiveurl="..archiveUrl;
cite = cite .. "|archivedate="..archivedateText;
end;
if(#authors > 0) then
for i,author in pairs(authors) do
if(author['first'] ~= nil and author['last'] ~= nil and author['first'] ~= "" and author['last'] ~= "") then
if(#authors == 1) then
cite = cite .."|last="..author['last'].."|first="..author['first'];
else
cite = cite .."|last"..i.."="..author['last'].."|first"..i.."="..author['first'];
end;
else
if(#authors == 1) then
cite = cite .."|author="..author['fullname'];
else
cite = cite .."|author"..i.."="..author['fullname'];
end;
end;
end;
end;

cite = cite..'}}';
end;

return cite;
end;

local function printReviewRow(frame, reviewscore)
local score = nil;

if(reviewscore['mainsnak']['datavalue'] ~= nil and reviewscore['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'] ~= nil) then
score = reviewscore['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'];
else
return "";
end;

local ret = ""
local system = nil;
local reference = nil;

if(reviewscore['qualifiers']['P400'] ~= nil and reviewscore['qualifiers']['P400'][1] ~= nil) then
system = p.getSystemAlias(reviewscore['qualifiers']['P400'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end
if(system ~= nil and system ~= "" and showSystem) then
if(systemFormat == "para") then
ret = ret.."("..system..") ";
else
ret = ret..system..": ";
end;
end;

ret = ret..score;

if(reviewscore['references'] ~= nil and reviewscore['references'][1] ~= nil and genRefs) then
local cite = buildCite(reviewscore['references'][1]);

if(cite ~= nil) then
local scoreBy = p.getAggregatorAlias(reviewscore['qualifiers']['P447'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
if(scoreBy == nil) then
scoreBy = p.getReviewerAlias(reviewscore['qualifiers']['P447'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;

local name = entity:getLabel()..'-'..scoreBy;
if(system ~= nil and system ~= "") then
name = name..system;
end;

cite = frame:extensionTag{ name = "ref", args = {name=name}, content=cite };
ret = ret..cite;
end;
end;

return ret.." ";
end

function p.getSystemAlias(numericId)
return systemAliases[numericId];
end

function p.getSystemID(system)
return systemIDs[system];
end

function p.getAggregatorAlias(numericId)
return aggregatorAliases[numericId];
end

function p.getAggregatorID(system)
return aggregatorIDs[system];
end

function p.getReviewerAlias(numericId)
return reviewerAliases[numericId];
end

function p.getReviewerID(system)
return reviewerIDs[system];
end

function p.setReviewer(iReviewer)
-- No reviewer, stop. Must have reviewer at least.
if(iReviewer == nil or iReviewer == "") then
return "Missing reviewer";
end;

-- See if supplied reviewer is in the aggregator table.
iReviewer = string.upper(iReviewer)
reviewer = p.getAggregatorID(iReviewer);
if(reviewer == nil or reviewer == "") then
-- No? Maybe in the reviewer table.
reviewer = p.getReviewerID(iReviewer);
if(reviewer == nil or reviewer == "") then
return "Invalid reviewer";
end;
end;

return nil;
end;

function p.setDateFormat(iDf)
-- Check for a date format parameter. Default to mdy if missing.
if(iDf ~= nil and iDf ~= "") then
df = string.lower(iDf);
end;
end;

function p.setSystemFormat(iSf)
if(iSf ~= nil and iSf ~= "") then
systemFormat = string.lower(iSf);
end;
end;

function p.setUpdateLinkStyle(iStyle)
if(iStyle ~= nil and iStyle ~= "") then
updateLinkStyle = string.lower(iStyle);
end;
end;

function p.setGame(iGame)
-- Check for a game parameter. If missing, default to current article.
if(iGame ~= nil and iGame ~= "") then
if(entities[iGame] == nil and mw.wikibase ~= nil) then
entities[iGame] = mw.wikibase.getEntity(iGame);
end;

entity = entities[iGame]
else
-- Need to research if we can determine the entity's ID before retrieving it.
if(mw.wikibase ~= nil) then
entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity();
if(entity ~= nil) then
entities[entity['id']] = entity;
end;
end;
end;

if(entity == nil) then
return "No matching wikidata entity found";
end;

return nil;
end;

function p.setSystem(iSystem)
-- Check for system parameter, and resolve it's QID if possible.
if(iSystem ~= nil and iSystem ~= "") then
system = string.upper(iSystem);
systemId = p.getSystemID(system);
elseif(not showSystem) then
-- If no system was specified, force showSystem on.
showSystem = true;
end;
end;

function p.setGenerateReferences(iGenRefs)
-- Reference suppression.
if(iGenRefs ~= nil and iGenRefs ~= "") then
genRefs = yesno(iGenRefs, true);
end;
end;

function p.setShowSystem(iShowSystem)
-- Suppression of system aliases in front of score, i.e. (XBOX) xx/100.
if(iShowSystem ~= nil and iShowSystem ~= "") then
showSystem = yesno(iShowSystem, false);
end;
if(system == nil or system == '') then
-- If no system was specified, force showSystem on.
showSystem = true;
end;
end;

function p.setShowUpdateLink(iShowUpdateLink)
-- Suppression of update link to Wikidata at the end of the score, i.e. (XBOX) xx/100[+].
if(iShowUpdateLink ~= nil and iShowUpdateLink ~= "") then
showUpdateLink = yesno(iShowUpdateLink, false);
end;
end;

function p.getUpdateLink()
if(updateLinkStyle == "pen") then
return "[[File:Blue pencil.svg|frameless|text-top|10px|alt=Edit this on Wikidata|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/"..entity['id'].."?uselang="..mw.language.getContentLanguage().code.."#P444|Edit this on Wikidata]]";
elseif(updateLinkStyle == "noSub") then
return '[[d:'..entity['id']..'#P444|[±]]]';
elseif(updateLinkStyle == "text and pen") then
return '[[File:Blue pencil.svg|10px|baseline|link=|alt=]][[d:'..entity['id']..'#P444|Edit on Wikidata]]'
end;

return '[[d:'..entity['id']..'#P444|[±]]]';
end;

function p.getSitelink()
return mw.wikibase.sitelink(entity['id']);
end;

function p.getLabel()
return mw.wikibase.label(entity['id']);
end;

function p.getParts()
local ret = {};

-- Loop all of "has Part" for this title
local parts = entity['claims']['P527'];
if(parts) then
for i,part in pairs(parts) do
table.insert(ret,"Q"..part['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id']);
end;
end;

return ret;
end;

function p.getEarliestPublicationDate()
local ret = {};

local pubDates = entity['claims']['P577'];
if(pubDates) then
for i,pubDate in pairs(pubDates) do
local timestamp = pubDate['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['time'];
local accessdate = Date(timestamp);
table.insert(ret,accessdate);
end;
end;

if(#ret < 1) then
return nil;
end;

table.sort(ret);

return ret[1];
end;

function p.printReviewScores(frame)
local ret = "";

-- Loop all of "review scores" for this title
local reviewscores = entity['claims']['P444'];
if(reviewscores) then
-- Find reviews that qualify for printing and insert into array.
local reviewsToPrint = {}
for i,review in pairs(reviewscores) do
if(review['qualifiers'] ~= nil) then
local scoreBy = nil
if(review['qualifiers']['P447'] ~= nil and review['qualifiers']['P447'][1] ~= nil) then
scoreBy = review['qualifiers']['P447'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id'];
end;
if(scoreBy == reviewer) then
-- If template specified a system, we need to check for the specific system and only output that one.
if(system == nil or system == "") then
-- No system specified, so output each one found.
table.insert(reviewsToPrint,review);
else
-- Get platform if it exists.
if(review['qualifiers']['P400'] ~= nil and review['qualifiers']['P400'][1] ~= nil) then
-- Try to match based on QID.
local reviewSysId = review['qualifiers']['P400'][1]['datavalue']['value']['numeric-id'];
if(systemId == reviewSysId) then
table.insert(reviewsToPrint,review);
else
-- If that failed, try to match based on label.
local systemName = mw.wikibase.label('Q'..reviewSysId);
if(systemName ~= nil and string.upper(systemName) == system) then
table.insert(reviewsToPrint,review);
end;
end;
end;
end;
end;
end;
end;

-- Sort the array by platform label.
table.sort(reviewsToPrint, sortByPlatform);

-- If a system was not specified, showSystem has defaulted to true. If this title only has one platform and one review, we will turn it off.
-- Note: If the title has zero or more platforms defined, we leave showSystem on. We are unable to determine if this is a single-platform game.
--if((system == nil or system == "") and #reviewsToPrint == 1 and entity['claims']['P400'] ~= nil and #entity['claims']['P400'] == 1) then
-- Simplifying this based on discussion at [Template:Video game reviews]. If there's only one review, don't display system unless explicitly requested.
if((system == nil or system == "") and #reviewsToPrint == 1) then
showSystem = false;
end;

-- Print the reviews
for i,review in ipairs(reviewsToPrint) do
ret = ret .. printReviewRow(frame, review);
end;
end;

if(ret ~= "") then
ret = string.sub(ret, 1, -7);
elseif(not showUpdateLink) then
ret = nil;
end;

-- Add edit link at end if showUpdateLink is on.
if(showUpdateLink) then
ret = ret .. p.getUpdateLink();
end;

return ret;
end;

return p

Module:Official website

2023-05-19T11:48:54Z

Wikibase-admin: Replaced content with "local p = {} function p.main(frame) return '' end return p"

local p = {}

function p.main(frame)
return ''
end

return p

Module:EditAtWikidata

2023-05-19T11:47:41Z

Wikibase-admin:

-- Module to display an icon with a tooltip such as "Edit this at Wikidata".
-- Icon will be linked to the Wikidata entry for the article where this is placed.
-- This message is only displayed if a local_parameter is not supplied
-- i.e. when called from a template, it can be coded not to display the message
-- when a local parameter is in use, preventing the value form Wikidata being fetched.
-- The qid of a Wikidata entry can optionally be supplied for testing outside the article.
-- Usage:
-- {{#invoke:EditAtWikidata|showMessage|local_parameter}}
-- {{#invoke:EditAtWikidata|showMessage|qid=<ArticleID>|local_parameter}}

local p = {}

local i18n =
{
["message"] = "Edit this at Wikidata"
}

p.showMessage = function(frame)
return nil
end

return p

Template:Taxonbar/candidate

2023-05-19T11:44:43Z

Wikibase-admin: Undid revision 5304670 by Wikibase-admin (talk)

{{#invoke:Taxonbar/candidate|check}}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Module:Authority control

2023-05-19T11:44:11Z

Wikibase-admin:

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Main ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]
local p = {}

function p.authorityControl(frame)
return ''
end

p.makelink = function(conf,val,nextid,qid)
return ''
end

return p

Template:Authority control

2023-05-19T11:43:43Z

Wikibase-admin: Undid revision 5304668 by Wikibase-admin (talk)

{{#invoke:Authority control|authorityControl}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Taxonbar

2023-05-19T11:42:11Z

Wikibase-admin: Undid revision 5304669 by Wikibase-admin (talk)

{{#invoke:Taxonbar|authorityControlTaxon}}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Module:Roman

2023-05-19T11:06:27Z

Wikibase-admin: Created page with "-- This module implements {{Roman}}. requirestrict local p = {} -- This function implements the {{overline}} template. local function overline(s) return mw.ustring.f..."

-- This module implements {{Roman}}.
require[[strict]]

local p = {}

-- This function implements the {{overline}} template.
local function overline(s)
return mw.ustring.format( '%s', s )
end

-- Gets the Roman numerals for a given numeral table. Returns both the string of
-- numerals and the value of the number after it is finished being processed.
local function getLetters(num, t)
local ret = {}
for _, v in ipairs(t) do
local val, letter = unpack(v)
while num >= val do
num = num - val
table.insert(ret, letter)
end
end

return table.concat(ret), num
end

-- The main control flow of the module.
local function _main(args)
-- Get input and exit displaying nothing if the input is empty.
if args[1] == nil then return end
local num = tonumber(args[1])
if not num or num < 0 or num == math.huge then
error('Invalid number ' .. args[1], 2)
elseif num == 0 then
return 'N'
end

-- Return a message for numbers too big to be expressed in Roman numerals.
if num >= 5000000 then
return args[2] or 'N/A'
end

local ret = ''
-- Find the Roman numerals for the large part of numbers.
-- 23 April 2016 - tweaked to >= 4000 to accept big Roman 'IV'
-- The if statement is not strictly necessary, but makes the algorithm
-- more efficient for smaller numbers.
if num >= 4000 then
local bigRomans = {
{ 1000000, 'M' },
{ 900000, 'CM' }, { 500000, 'D' }, { 400000, 'CD' }, { 100000, 'C' },
{ 90000, 'XC' }, { 50000, 'L' }, { 40000, 'XL' }, { 10000, 'X' },
{ 9000, 'IX' }, { 5000, 'V' }, { 4000, 'IV' },
}
local bigLetters
bigLetters, num = getLetters(num, bigRomans)
ret = overline(bigLetters)
end

-- Find the Roman numerals for numbers less than the big Roman threshold.
local smallRomans = {
{ 1000, 'M' },
{ 900, 'CM' }, { 500, 'D' }, { 400, 'CD' }, { 100, 'C' },
{ 90, 'XC' }, { 50, 'L' }, { 40, 'XL' }, { 10, 'X' },
{ 9, 'IX' }, { 5, 'V' }, { 4, 'IV' }, { 1, 'I' }
}
local smallLetters = getLetters( num, smallRomans )
ret = ret .. smallLetters

if args.fraction == 'yes' then
-- Find the Roman numerals for the fractional parts of numbers.
-- If num is not a whole number, add half of 1/1728 (the smallest unit) to equate to rounding.
-- Ensure we're not less than the smallest unit or larger than 1 - smallest unit
-- to avoid getting two "half" symbols or no symbols at all
num = num - math.floor(num)
if num ~= 0 then
num = math.max(1.1/1728, math.min(1727.1/1728, num + 1/3456))
end
local fractionalRomans = {
{ 1/2, 'S' }, { 5/12, "''':'''•''':'''" }, { 1/3, "'''::'''" },
{ 1/4, "''':'''•" }, { 1/6, "''':'''" }, { 1/12, '•' },
{ 1/24, 'Є' }, { 1/36, 'ƧƧ' }, { 1/48, 'Ɔ' }, { 1/72, 'Ƨ' }, { 1/144, '<s>Ƨ</s>' },
{ 1/288, '℈' }, { 1/1728, '»' },
}
local fractionalLetters = getLetters(num, fractionalRomans)

ret = ret .. fractionalLetters
end

return ret
end

function p.main(frame)
-- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking
-- template, or the args passed to #invoke if any exist. Otherwise
-- assume args are being passed directly in from the debug console
-- or from another Lua module.
local origArgs
if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then
origArgs = frame:getParent().args
for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do
origArgs = frame.args
break
end
else
origArgs = frame
end
-- Trim whitespace and remove blank arguments.
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
if type( v ) == 'string' then
v = mw.text.trim(v)
end
if v ~= '' then
args[k] = v
end
end

-- exit if not given anything
if args == nil or args == {} then return end
-- Given mathematical expression, simplify to a number
if type(args[1]) == 'string' then
local success, result = pcall(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr, args[1])
if success then
args[1] = result
end -- else, pass to _main routine and try to let Lua's tonumber handle it
end
return _main(args)
end

return p

Module:Citation/CS1

2023-05-19T10:30:17Z

Wikibase-admin:

require('strict');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[---------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if added_vanc_errs then return end

added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end

--[=[---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end

domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once

if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end

if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end

local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end

for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;

url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end

return scheme, domain;
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end

scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix

if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end

if utilities.is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end

return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;

scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;

if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[=[-----------------------------------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
end

return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '[',
[']'] = ']',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;

if not utilities.is_set (label) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end

domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end

base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL

if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end

return base_url;
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
end
end

--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;

wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]

if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end

else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
end

cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
end

if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL

return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end

--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end

if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end

return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end

--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)

if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end

periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end

return periodical;
end

--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end

if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end

chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end

if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end

return chapter;
end

--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end

for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern

if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end

if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end

utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end

--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local origin = {};

return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end

local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];

if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end

-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end

tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end

--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: YYYY-MM-DD.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
DD MMMM YYYY or MMMM DD, YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';

if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);

elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end

return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end

return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end

local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end

if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (string -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end

if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it

value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end

--[[-------------------------------------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end

--[[---------------------------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿǄ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿǄ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – Ǆ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
end

if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials

names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix

while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end

return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values:
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]

local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
end

local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
}

local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
}

local cap1, cap2;
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
if cap1 then
break; -- found a match so stop looking
end
end

if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
else -- here when :language:project:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
end
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)

names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
local name_list = {};

if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end

if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names

for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;

if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end

if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end

if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present

if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
end
if proj then
proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
if proj then
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
end
end
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
end
if tag then
local lang = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
end
end

table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end

local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then
if 1 < count and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end

local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end

return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end

--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order. year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]

local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local class_t = {};
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
end

return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end

return name, etal;
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end

--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps

-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per   entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end

--[=[-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test. For example,
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else

]=]

local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
local test_val;
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.lower,
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
}
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}

local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
end

local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
if generic_value[wiki] then
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
end
end
end
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]

local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
added_generic_name_errs = true;
end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local accept_name;

if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end

if utilities.is_set (first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
if 0 ~= wl_type then
first = D;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end

return last, first; -- done
end

--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );

if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
end
end

if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
link_alias = nil;
end
end

last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup

if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end

names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end

return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}

<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]

local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
local name;
local tag;

name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end

tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end

if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
end

tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag

if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end

name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name

if name then
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
end

tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

if tag then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if name then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
end
end

--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name

names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list

for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

if utilities.is_set (tag) then
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end

table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end

name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end

--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]

local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]

local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end

if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end

return sep, postscript
end

--[=[------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end

--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end

return max, etal;
end

--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.

For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.

For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).

Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.

<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end

local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;

local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end

--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked

|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder

local i = 1;

while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;

vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas

for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end

if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end

link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end

if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end

if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
end

if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end

--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]

local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
return '';
end

-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?

if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
end

if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local vol = '';

if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
return vol;
end

if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end

if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
end
end

-- all other types of citation
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end

local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end

return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it?

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end

return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end

return archive, date;
end

--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL

if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end

if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and

if is_preview_mode then
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end

if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end

return param_val; -- and done
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args )
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i

-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.

local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end

local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end

local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end

local Title = A['Title'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end

TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end

local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end

if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
end

Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end

local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];

-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass] then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
end
end

local Volume;
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');

local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end

local ArticleNumber;

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
end

extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');

local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
local QuotePage;
local QuotePages;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
end

local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));

local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end

local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');

if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
end

PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
end

local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);

if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
end

local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
end

local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
end

local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

local coins_pages;

Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end

if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same

local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];

--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=

|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end

if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)});
end

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
end

if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;

ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end

-- special case for cite techreport.
local ID = A['ID'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
end
end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end

-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );

-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');

if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter

Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterFormat = Format;

Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
Format = '';

else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end

if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end

-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];

if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end

if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]

local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end

local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};

local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
end

if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag

if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end

if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end

-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
modified = true;
end

if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do

local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier

local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}

ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |ssrn= required for their templates
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end

Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end

-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end

if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
end
end
end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
end

if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap

local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end

-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end

-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end

local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;

-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};

do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));

last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do

if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end

end

local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end

if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
end

-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end

local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end

if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end

Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end

-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end

if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end

if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end

if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end

if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end

if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end

if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end

if utilities.is_set (Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end

local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end

local Position = '';
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];

if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end

Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];

if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end

if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end

local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end

local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end

Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text

AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end

if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end

local Docket = A['Docket'];
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end

if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end

local Quote = A['Quote'];
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end

Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags

if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end

if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end

if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end

Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end

PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end

-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end

local Archived;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end

local Lay = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end

local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end

local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end

local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end

local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset

if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end

-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then
Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', ''); -- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space
end
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end

elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end

elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end

if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end

local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end

local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end

if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end

text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);

local Ref
if A['Ref'] ~= 'harv' then
Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
else
Ref = nil
end

if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end

if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end

local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end

if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end

local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';

if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));

table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end

z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end

if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));

table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list

local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages

if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end

for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end

if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
end

return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters

]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end

if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation

state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

--[=[-----------------------------------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;

if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end

--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end

param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end

if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};

check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode

local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;

cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';

utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));

local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag

local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end

args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value

elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end

if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end

local url_param_t = {};

for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end

has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong

return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};

Module:Citation/CS1

2023-05-19T10:29:36Z

Wikibase-admin:

require('strict');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[---------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if added_vanc_errs then return end

added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end

--[=[---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end

domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once

if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end

if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end

local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end

for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;

url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end

return scheme, domain;
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end

scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix

if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end

if utilities.is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end

return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;

scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;

if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[=[-----------------------------------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
end

return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '[',
[']'] = ']',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;

if not utilities.is_set (label) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end

domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end

base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL

if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end

return base_url;
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
end
end

--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;

wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]

if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end

else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
end

cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
end

if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL

return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end

--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end

if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end

return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end

--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)

if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end

periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end

return periodical;
end

--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end

if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end

chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end

if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end

return chapter;
end

--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end

for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern

if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end

if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end

utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end

--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local origin = {};

return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end

local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];

if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end

-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end

tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end

--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: YYYY-MM-DD.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
DD MMMM YYYY or MMMM DD, YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';

if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);

elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end

return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end

return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end

local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end

if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (string -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end

if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it

value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end

--[[-------------------------------------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end

--[[---------------------------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿǄ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿǄ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – Ǆ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
end

if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials

names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix

while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end

return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values:
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]

local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
end

local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
}

local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
}

local cap1, cap2;
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
if cap1 then
break; -- found a match so stop looking
end
end

if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
else -- here when :language:project:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
end
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)

names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
local name_list = {};

if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end

if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names

for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;

if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end

if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end

if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present

if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
end
if proj then
proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
if proj then
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
end
end
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
end
if tag then
local lang = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
end
end

table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end

local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then
if 1 < count and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end

local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end

return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end

--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order. year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]

local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local class_t = {};
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
end

return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end

return name, etal;
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end

--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps

-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per   entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end

--[=[-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test. For example,
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else

]=]

local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
local test_val;
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.lower,
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
}
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}

local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
end

local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
if generic_value[wiki] then
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
end
end
end
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]

local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
added_generic_name_errs = true;
end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local accept_name;

if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end

if utilities.is_set (first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
if 0 ~= wl_type then
first = D;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end

return last, first; -- done
end

--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );

if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
end
end

if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
link_alias = nil;
end
end

last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup

if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end

names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end

return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}

<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]

local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
local name;
local tag;

name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end

tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end

if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
end

tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag

if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end

name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name

if name then
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
end

tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

if tag then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if name then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
end
end

--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name

names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list

for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

if utilities.is_set (tag) then
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end

table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end

name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end

--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]

local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]

local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end

if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end

return sep, postscript
end

--[=[------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end

--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end

return max, etal;
end

--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.

For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.

For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).

Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.

<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end

local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;

local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end

--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked

|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder

local i = 1;

while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;

vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas

for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end

if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end

link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end

if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end

if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
end

if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end

--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]

local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
return '';
end

-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?

if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
end

if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local vol = '';

if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
return vol;
end

if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end

if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
end
end

-- all other types of citation
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end

local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end

return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it?

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end

return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end

return archive, date;
end

--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL

if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end

if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and

if is_preview_mode then
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end

if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end

return param_val; -- and done
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args )
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i

-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.

local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end

local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end

local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end

local Title = A['Title'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end

TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end

local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end

if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
end

Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end

local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];

-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass] then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
end
end

local Volume;
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');

local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end

local ArticleNumber;

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
end

extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');

local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
local QuotePage;
local QuotePages;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
end

local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));

local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end

local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');

if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
end

PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
end

local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);

if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
end

local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
end

local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
end

local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

local coins_pages;

Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end

if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same

local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];

--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=

|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end

if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)});
end

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
end

if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;

ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end

-- special case for cite techreport.
local ID = A['ID'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
end
end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end

-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );

-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');

if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter

Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterFormat = Format;

Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
Format = '';

else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end

if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end

-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];

if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end

if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]

local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end

local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};

local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
end

if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag

if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end

if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end

-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
modified = true;
end

if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do

local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier

local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}

ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |ssrn= required for their templates
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end

Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end

-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end

if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
end
end
end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
end

if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap

local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end

-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end

-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end

local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;

-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};

do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));

last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do

if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end

end

local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end

if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
end

-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end

local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end

if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end

Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end

-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end

if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end

if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end

if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end

if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end

if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end

if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end

if utilities.is_set (Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end

local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end

local Position = '';
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];

if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end

Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];

if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end

if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end

local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end

local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end

Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text

AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end

if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end

local Docket = A['Docket'];
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end

if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end

local Quote = A['Quote'];
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end

Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags

if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end

if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end

if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end

Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end

PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end

-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end

local Archived;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end

local Lay = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end

local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end

local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end

local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end

local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset

if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end

-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then
Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', ''); -- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space
end
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end

elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end

elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end

if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end

local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end

local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end

if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end

text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);

if A['Ref'] ~= 'harv' then
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
else
local Ref = nil
end

if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end

if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end

local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end

if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end

local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';

if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));

table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end

z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end

if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));

table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list

local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages

if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end

for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end

if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
end

return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters

]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end

if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation

state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

--[=[-----------------------------------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;

if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end

--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end

param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end

if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};

check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode

local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;

cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';

utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));

local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag

local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end

args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value

elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end

if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end

local url_param_t = {};

for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end

has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong

return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};

Module:Taxonbar

2023-05-19T10:19:06Z

Wikibase-admin: Replaced content with "local p = {} --========================================================================== --[[ Main..."

local p = {}

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Main ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]

function p.authorityControlTaxon( frame )
return ''
end

return p

Module:Authority control

2023-05-19T10:07:56Z

Wikibase-admin: Replaced content with "--========================================================================== -- Main --[[=====..."

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Main ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]
function p.authorityControl(frame)
return ''
end

p.makelink = function(conf,val,nextid,qid)
return ''
end

return p

Module:Taxonbar/candidate

2023-05-19T10:06:13Z

Wikibase-admin: Remove links to Wikidata

local p = {}

function p.check(frame)
return ''
end

return p

Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

2023-05-19T10:04:38Z

Wikibase-admin: Remove references to Wikidata

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
substitute, make_wikilink;

local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title=

--============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ L A B E L _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------

common function to create identifier link label from handler table

returns the first available of
1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled)
2. label specified in the local wiki's handler table

]]

local function link_label_make (handler)
return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or handler.link;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style external link

]]

local function external_link_id (options)
local url_string = options.id;
local ext_link;
local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org

if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH');
end

if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then
auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix});
end

ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id));
if is_set (options.access) then
ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock
end

return table.concat ({
make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, or locally specified link (in that order)
options.separator or ' ',
ext_link
});
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style internal link

TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id),
but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:,
:JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:.

]]

local function internal_link_id (options)
local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9

return table.concat (
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label
options.separator or ' ', -- add the separator
make_wikilink (
table.concat (
{
options.prefix,
id, -- translated to Western digits
options.suffix or ''
}),
substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis
); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required?
});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against
today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns
an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo);
todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U');

if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date
if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string
end

--[=[-------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if:
2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days

The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400

biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC
today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours
if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow

This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser
apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date
contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang_object.formatDate(). To get
around that call this function with date parts and create a YYYY-MM-DD format date.

]=]

local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d)
local biorxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date
local good1, good2;
local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates
local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage();

good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date); -- convert biorxiv_date value to Unix timestamp
good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow

if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand
biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;
tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);
else
return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp
end

return ((1576022400 <= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < tomorrow's date
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit.
ISBN-13 is checked in isbn().

If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >-----------------------------------------------

ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local temp=0;

isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct
end

--[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >--------------------------------------------------

LCCN normalization (https://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.

]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace

if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end

local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN
end

return lccn;
end

--============================<>====================================

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: https://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)

the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number

]]

local function arxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local year, month, version;
local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message
local text; -- output text

if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

else
err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message
end

if err_msg then
options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

local err_msg_t = {};
if err_msg then
set_message ('err_bad_arxiv');
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});

if is_set (class) then
if id:match ('^%d+') then
text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
set_message ('err_class_ignored');
end
end

return text;
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID.

Format for bibcodes is specified here: https://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes

But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters
and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests:
length must be 19 characters
characters in position
1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year
5 must be a letter
6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. )
9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot
19 must be a letter or dot

]]

local function bibcode (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_type;
local err_msg = '';
local year;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access});

if 19 ~= id:len() then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length;
else
year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$");
if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error
else
local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year
year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number
if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds
end
if id:find('&%.') then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter)
end
end
end

if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected
set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type});
options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS

end

return text;
end

--[[-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly
6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd.
date and suffixed with an optional version identifier.

The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters:
https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733
or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits:
https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2

see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv

]]

local function biorxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error

local patterns = {
'^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11)
'^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11)
'^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11)
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match
if id:match (pattern) then
local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier

if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form
if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leap-year and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator)
break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message
end
end
err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message
break; -- and done
end
end -- err_cat remains set here when no match

if err_msg then
options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------

CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org).

The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure

]]

local function citeseerx (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local matched;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = handler.access});

matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$");
if not matched then
set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' );
options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in DOI names.

https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html -- 2.2 Syntax of a DOI name
https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html#2.2.2 -- 2.2.2 DOI prefix

]]

local function doi (options)
local id = options.id;
local inactive = options.DoiBroken
local access = options.access;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag;

local text;
if is_set (inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
local inactive_month, good;

if is_set (inactive_year) then
if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything)
local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date
if not good then
inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset
end
end
else
inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date
end

if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '});
elseif is_set (inactive_year) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''});
else
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive');
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')';
end

local registrant = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when DOI has the proper basic form

local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported
'^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999
'^[^1-5]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–59999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits
'^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (3 digits with subcode is legitimate)
'^%d%d?%.[%d%.]+', -- 1 or 2 digits with subcode
'^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve
'[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot
}

if not ignore_invalid then
if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form
for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns
if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad
break; -- and done
end
end
else
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed
end
else
set_message ('maint_doi_ignore');
end

if err_flag then
options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access,
auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored
}) .. (inactive or '');

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats an HDL with minor error checking.

HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/'
Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant

This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message.

HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and
terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in HDLs.

Query string parameters are named here: https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed
but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we
have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier.

]]

local function hdl (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html
'noredirect',
'ignore_aliases',
'auth',
'cert',
'index',
'type',
'urlappend',
'locatt',
'action',
}

local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string
local found;

if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion
for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters
if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters
found = true; -- announce a find
break; -- and stop looking
end
end
end

if found then
id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not
else
suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else
end

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access})

if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma
set_message ('err_bad_hdl' );
options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function isbn (options)
local isbn_str = options.id;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;

local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator});
if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error
else -- here when not ignoring
if not check then -- and there is an error
options.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message
return ISBN; -- return id text
end
end
return ISBN; -- return id text
end

if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

local len = id:len();

if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if len == 10 then
if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form);
end
if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid
end
if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin)
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1
end
return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid
else
if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits
end
if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979
end
if id:match ('^9790') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN
end
return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A S I N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit
ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

|asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these
do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message

This function is positioned here because it calls isbn()

]]

local function asin (options)
local id = options.id;
local domain = options.ASINTLD;

local err_flag;

if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10
if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn
end
elseif not is_set (err_flag) then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China
domain = "cn";
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey
domain = "com." .. domain;
elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them)
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value
end
local handler = options.handler;

if not is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins
else
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator})
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations. See https://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.

ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function ismn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
local id_copy;

id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive
id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space

if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN
end

-- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id_copy
});

if false == valid_ismn then
options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS
set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but
has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked
like this:

|issn=0819 4327 gives: [https://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link

This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length
and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters
other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The
ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;

local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate
local text;
local valid_issn = true;

id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN
end

if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if ignore_invalid then
set_message ('maint_issn_ignore');
else
if false == valid_issn then
options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid
end
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< J F M >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn

]]

local function jfm (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;

id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_jfm_format');
else -- plain number without JFM prefix
id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix
end

if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then
id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern
else
set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< J S T O R >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a JSTOR with some error checking

]]

local function jstor (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then
set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------< L C C N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of
the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits.
https://oclc-research.github.io/infoURI-Frozen/info-uri.info/info:lccn/reg.html

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha

]]

local function lccn (options)
local lccn = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN

id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN

if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message
end

if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end

if is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< M R >--------------------------------------------------------------------------

A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits.

]]

local function mr (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local id_len;

id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat
else -- plain number without mr prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0;
if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then
id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits
else
set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< O C L C >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}}
archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html

]]

local function oclc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local number;

if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field
number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number
if 9 < number:len() then
number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers
end
elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix
number = id; -- get the number
if 10 < number:len() then
number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when OCLC issues 11-digit numbers
end
end

if number then -- proper format
id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link
else
set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed
options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------

Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.

]]

local function openlibrary (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W';
local err_flag;
local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code
['A']='authors/OL',
['M']='books/OL',
['W']='works/OL',
['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid
};

if not ident then
code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid
ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol');
end

if not is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins
else
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code],
id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------< O S T I >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued.

NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site

]]

local function osti (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- OSTI is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc (options)
local id = options.id;
local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_pmc_format');
else -- plain number without PMC prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
else
id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string
end
else -- when id format incorrect
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
end

if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id,
});
else
text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access,
auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error
});
end

if err_flag then
options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable
test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.

]]

local function pmid (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued.

An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/

]]

local function rfc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- RFC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});
end

--[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an S2CID, do simple error checking

S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only
digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically
as more S2CIDs are issued.

]]

local function s2cid (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
else -- when id format incorrect
set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------

9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits

sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function sbn (options)
local id = options.id;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator});
if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors
if not check then
options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS
set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message
return SBN;
end
else
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only)
end
return SBN;
end

if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests

if 9 ~= ident:len() then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position
end

return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end

--[[--------------------------< S S R N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an SSRN, do simple error checking

SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is
only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need
to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued.

]]

local function ssrn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
else -- when id format incorrect
set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access});

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function usenet_id (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< Z B L >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional

format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/

temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error

]]

local function zbl (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format?
set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat
elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format?
set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message
options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--============================<>==========================================

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------

Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args

]]

local function extract_ids (args)
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
end
return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >--------------------------------------

Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access
level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter.

returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword

access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else)

]]

local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list)
local id_accesses_list = {};
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do
local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter
if is_set (access_param) then
local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one
if is_set (access_level) then
if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required
set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level});
access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset
end
if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier
set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message
end
id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword
end
end
end
return id_accesses_list;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------

render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list();
modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions
<access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid)

returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings

]]

local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t)
local ID_list_t = {};
local accept;
local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier
['ARXIV'] = arxiv,
['ASIN'] = asin,
['BIBCODE'] = bibcode,
['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv,
['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx,
['DOI'] = doi,
['EISSN'] = issn,
['HDL'] = hdl,
['ISBN'] = isbn,
['ISMN'] = ismn,
['ISSN'] = issn,
['JFM'] = jfm,
['JSTOR'] = jstor,
['LCCN'] = lccn,
['MR'] = mr,
['OCLC'] = oclc,
['OL'] = openlibrary,
['OSTI'] = osti,
['PMC'] = pmc,
['PMID'] = pmid,
['RFC'] = rfc,
['S2CID'] = s2cid,
['SBN'] = sbn,
['SSRN'] = ssrn,
['USENETID'] = usenet_id,
['ZBL'] = zbl,
}

for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do
v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else
-- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean
options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key
options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table
options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag
options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter
options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey];
options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata
options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata

if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then
error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords
end

if func_map[hkey] then
local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message
table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table
else
error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey
end
end

local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort()
return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey
end

table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort
for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings
ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{}
end

return ID_list_t;
end

--[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------------

check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements:
[1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set
[2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers
[3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message
[4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message

returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message

]]

local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t)
for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do
if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty
set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message
end
end
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------

Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the
COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered
citation.

]]

local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t)
local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS
options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters
local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels
local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings

return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message;
select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one;
substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute;
make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink;

z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title=

identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels
is_embargoed = is_embargoed;
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules;
}

Module:Infobox road/map

2023-05-19T10:01:49Z

Wikibase-admin:

local p = {}

local mapsizes = {["DEU"] = "200", ["USA"] = "290x172"}

function p.map(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local config = frame.args -- the arguments passed BY the template, in the wikitext of the template itself
local args = pframe.args -- the arguments passed TO the template, in the wikitext that transcludes the template

local map_custom = args.map_custom or ''
local map = args.map or ''
if map_custom == "yes" then
return '' .. map .. ''
end
if map == '' then
return ""
end
local filecode = "[[File:" .. map .. "|"

local countrymod = require"Module:Infobox road/meta/mask/country"
local countryarg = args.country
local state = args.state or args.province
local country = ''
if countryarg and state then
country = countrymod._country(state, countryarg)
end

local mapsize = mapsizes[country] or '290'
local alt = args.map_alt or ''
filecode = filecode .. mapsize .. 'px|alt=' .. alt .. ']]'
return filecode
end

return p

Module:Wd

2023-05-19T10:00:36Z

Wikibase-admin: Replaced content with "-- Original module located at :en:Module:Wd and :en:Module:Wd/i18n. local p = {} -- main function that is supposed to be used by wrapper templates function p.mai..."

-- Original module located at [[:en:Module:Wd]] and [[:en:Module:Wd/i18n]].

local p = {}

-- main function that is supposed to be used by wrapper templates
function p.main(frame)
return nil
end

return p

Module:Coordinates

2023-05-19T09:54:14Z

Wikibase-admin: Edit module to remove links to Wikidata

--[[
This module is intended to replace the functionality of {{Coord}} and related
templates. It provides several methods, including

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} : General function formatting and displaying
coordinate values.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms }} : Simple function for converting decimal
degree values to DMS format.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec }} : Simple function for converting DMS format
to decimal degree format.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} : Export the link used to reach the tools

]]

require('strict')

local math_mod = require("Module:Math")
local coordinates = {};

local current_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local page_name = mw.uri.encode( current_page.prefixedText, 'WIKI' );
local coord_link = '//geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?pagename=' .. page_name .. '&params='
local templatestyles = 'Module:Coordinates/styles.css'

--[[ Helper function, replacement for {{coord/display/title}} ]]
local function displaytitle(s, notes)
local l = "[[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]]: " .. s
local co = '' .. l .. notes .. '';
return '' .. co .. '';
end

--[[ Helper function, Replacement for {{coord/display/inline}} ]]
local function displayinline(s, notes)
return s .. notes
end

--[[ Helper function, used in detecting DMS formatting ]]
local function dmsTest(first, second)
if type(first) ~= 'string' or type(second) ~= 'string' then
return nil
end
local s = (first .. second):upper()
return s:find('^[NS][EW]$') or s:find('^[EW][NS]$')
end

--[[ Wrapper function to grab args, see Module:Arguments for this function's documentation. ]]
local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
return function (frame)
local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {
wrappers = 'Template:Coord'
})
return coordinates[funcName](args, frame)
end
end

--[[ Helper function, handle optional args. ]]
local function optionalArg(arg, supplement)
return arg and arg .. supplement or ''
end

--[[
Formats any error messages generated for display
]]
local function errorPrinter(errors)
local result = ""
for i,v in ipairs(errors) do
local errorHTML = 'Coordinates: ' .. v[2] .. ''
result = result .. errorHTML .. " "
end
return result
end

--[[
Determine the required CSS class to display coordinates

Usually geo-nondefault is hidden by CSS, unless a user has overridden this for himself
default is the mode as specificied by the user when calling the {{coord}} template
mode is the display mode (dec or dms) that we will need to determine the css class for
]]
local function displayDefault(default, mode)
if default == "" then
default = "dec"
end

if default == mode then
return "geo-default"
else
return "geo-nondefault"
end
end

--[[
specPrinter

Output formatter. Takes the structure generated by either parseDec
or parseDMS and formats it for inclusion on Wikipedia.
]]
local function specPrinter(args, coordinateSpec)
local uriComponents = coordinateSpec["param"]
if uriComponents == "" then
-- RETURN error, should never be empty or nil
return "ERROR param was empty"
end
if args["name"] then
uriComponents = uriComponents .. "&title=" .. mw.uri.encode(coordinateSpec["name"])
end

local geodmshtml = ''
.. '' .. coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] .. ' '
.. '' ..coordinateSpec["dms-long"] .. ''
.. ''

local lat = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] ) or 0
local geodeclat
if lat < 0 then
-- FIXME this breaks the pre-existing precision
geodeclat = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-lat"]):sub(2) .. "°S"
else
geodeclat = (coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] or 0) .. "°N"
end

local long = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-long"] ) or 0
local geodeclong
if long < 0 then
-- FIXME does not handle unicode minus
geodeclong = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-long"]):sub(2) .. "°W"
else
geodeclong = (coordinateSpec["dec-long"] or 0) .. "°E"
end

local geodechtml = ''
.. geodeclat .. ' '
.. geodeclong
.. ''

local geonumhtml = ''
.. coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] .. '; '
.. coordinateSpec["dec-long"]
.. ''

local inner = '' .. geodmshtml .. ''
.. ' / '
.. '';

if not args["name"] then
inner = inner .. geodechtml
.. ' / ' .. geonumhtml .. ''
else
inner = inner .. '' .. geodechtml
.. ' / ' .. geonumhtml .. ''
.. ' ('
.. args["name"] .. ')'
end

return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles} }
.. ''
.. '[' .. coord_link .. uriComponents .. ' ' .. inner .. ']'
.. ''
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_d(coordinate)
local d = math_mod._round( coordinate, 0 ) .. "°"
return d .. ""
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees and minutes ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_dm(coordinate)
coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60, 0 );
local m = coordinate % 60;
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 );
local d = coordinate % 360 .."°"

return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m )
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees, minutes, and seconds ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_dms(coordinate)
coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60 * 60, 0 );
local s = coordinate % 60
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - s) / 60 );
local m = coordinate % 60
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 );
local d = coordinate % 360 .."°"

return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) .. string.format( "%02d″", s )
end

--[[
Helper function, convert decimal latitude or longitude to
degrees, minutes, and seconds format based on the specified precision.
]]
local function convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision)
local coord = tonumber(coordinate)
local postfix
if coord >= 0 then
postfix = firstPostfix
else
postfix = secondPostfix
end

precision = precision:lower();
if precision == "dms" then
return convert_dec2dms_dms( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
elseif precision == "dm" then
return convert_dec2dms_dm( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
elseif precision == "d" then
return convert_dec2dms_d( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
end
end

--[[
Convert DMS format into a N or E decimal coordinate
]]
local function convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees_str, minutes_str, seconds_str)
local degrees = tonumber(degrees_str)
local minutes = tonumber(minutes_str) or 0
local seconds = tonumber(seconds_str) or 0

local factor = 1
if direction == "S" or direction == "W" then
factor = -1
end

local precision = 0
if seconds_str then
precision = 5 + math.max( math_mod._precision(seconds_str), 0 );
elseif minutes_str and minutes_str ~= '' then
precision = 3 + math.max( math_mod._precision(minutes_str), 0 );
else
precision = math.max( math_mod._precision(degrees_str), 0 );
end

local decimal = factor * (degrees+(minutes+seconds/60)/60)
return string.format( "%." .. precision .. "f", decimal ) -- not tonumber since this whole thing is string based.
end

--[[
Checks input values to for out of range errors.
]]
local function validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, source, strong )
local errors = {};
lat_d = tonumber( lat_d ) or 0;
lat_m = tonumber( lat_m ) or 0;
lat_s = tonumber( lat_s ) or 0;
long_d = tonumber( long_d ) or 0;
long_m = tonumber( long_m ) or 0;
long_s = tonumber( long_s ) or 0;

if strong then
if lat_d < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"})
end
if long_d < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"})
end
--[[
#coordinates is inconsistent about whether this is an error. If globe: is
specified, it won't error on this condition, but otherwise it will.

For not simply disable this check.

if long_d > 180 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees > 180 with hemisphere flag"})
end
]]
end

if lat_d > 90 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees > 90"})
end
if lat_d < -90 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < -90"})
end
if lat_m >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes >= 60"})
end
if lat_m < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes < 0"})
end
if lat_s >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds >= 60"})
end
if lat_s < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds < 0"})
end
if long_d >= 360 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees >= 360"})
end
if long_d <= -360 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees <= -360"})
end
if long_m >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes >= 60"})
end
if long_m < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes < 0"})
end
if long_s >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds >= 60"})
end
if long_s < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds < 0"})
end

return errors;
end

--[[
parseDec

Transforms decimal format latitude and longitude into the
structure to be used in displaying coordinates
]]
local function parseDec( lat, long, format )
local coordinateSpec = {}
local errors = {}

if not long then
return nil, {{"parseDec", "Missing longitude"}}
elseif not tonumber(long) then
return nil, {{"parseDec", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number: " .. long}}
end

errors = validate( lat, nil, nil, long, nil, nil, 'parseDec', false );
coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = lat;
coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = long;

local mode = coordinates.determineMode( lat, long );
coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = convert_dec2dms( lat, "N", "S", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{1}}}|N|S|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}}
coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = convert_dec2dms( long, "E", "W", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{2}}}|E|W|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}}

if format then
coordinateSpec.default = format
else
coordinateSpec.default = "dec"
end

return coordinateSpec, errors
end

--[[
parseDMS

Transforms degrees, minutes, seconds format latitude and longitude
into the a structure to be used in displaying coordinates
]]
local function parseDMS( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, lat_f, long_d, long_m, long_s, long_f, format )
local coordinateSpec, errors, backward = {}, {}

lat_f = lat_f:upper();
long_f = long_f:upper();

-- Check if specified backward
if lat_f == 'E' or lat_f == 'W' then
lat_d, long_d, lat_m, long_m, lat_s, long_s, lat_f, long_f, backward = long_d, lat_d, long_m, lat_m, long_s, lat_s, long_f, lat_f, true;
end

errors = validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, 'parseDMS', true );
if not long_d then
return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Missing longitude" }}
elseif not tonumber(long_d) then
return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number:" .. long_d }}
end

if not lat_m and not lat_s and not long_m and not long_s and #errors == 0 then
if math_mod._precision( lat_d ) > 0 or math_mod._precision( long_d ) > 0 then
if lat_f:upper() == 'S' then
lat_d = '-' .. lat_d;
end
if long_f:upper() == 'W' then
long_d = '-' .. long_d;
end

return parseDec( lat_d, long_d, format );
end
end

coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = lat_d.."°"..optionalArg(lat_m,"′") .. optionalArg(lat_s,"″") .. lat_f
coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = long_d.."°"..optionalArg(long_m,"′") .. optionalArg(long_s,"″") .. long_f
coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = convert_dms2dec(lat_f, lat_d, lat_m, lat_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{4}}}|{{{1}}}|0{{{2}}}|0{{{3}}}}}
coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = convert_dms2dec(long_f, long_d, long_m, long_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{8}}}|{{{5}}}|0{{{6}}}|0{{{7}}}}}

if format then
coordinateSpec.default = format
else
coordinateSpec.default = "dms"
end

return coordinateSpec, errors, backward
end

--[[
Check the input arguments for coord to determine the kind of data being provided
and then make the necessary processing.
]]
local function formatTest(args)
local result, errors
local backward, primary = false, false

local function getParam(args, lim)
local ret = {}
for i = 1, lim do
ret[i] = args[i] or ''
end
return table.concat(ret, '_')
end

if not args[1] then
-- no lat logic
return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Missing latitude"}} )
elseif not tonumber(args[1]) then
-- bad lat logic
return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Unable to parse latitude as a number:" .. args[1]}} )
elseif not args[4] and not args[5] and not args[6] then
-- dec logic
result, errors = parseDec(args[1], args[2], args.format)
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors);
end
-- formatting for geohack: geohack expects D_N_D_E notation or D;D notation
-- wikiminiatlas doesn't support D;D notation
-- #coordinates parserfunction doesn't support negative decimals with NSWE
result.param = table.concat({
math.abs(tonumber(args[1])),
((tonumber(args[1]) or 0) < 0) and 'S' or 'N',
math.abs(tonumber(args[2])),
((tonumber(args[2]) or 0) < 0) and 'W' or 'E',
args[3] or ''}, '_')
elseif dmsTest(args[4], args[8]) then
-- dms logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4],
args[5], args[6], args[7], args[8], args.format)
if args[10] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 9)
elseif dmsTest(args[3], args[6]) then
-- dm logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], nil, args[3],
args[4], args[5], nil, args[6], args['format'])
if args[8] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 7)
elseif dmsTest(args[2], args[4]) then
-- d logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], nil, nil, args[2],
args[3], nil, nil, args[4], args.format)
if args[6] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 5)
else
-- Error
return errorPrinter({{"formatTest", "Unknown argument format"}}) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]'
end
result.name = args.name

local extra_param = {'dim', 'globe', 'scale', 'region', 'source', 'type'}
for _, v in ipairs(extra_param) do
if args[v] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Parameter: "' .. v .. '=" should be "' .. v .. ':"' })
end
end

local ret = specPrinter(args, result)
if #errors > 0 then
ret = ret .. ' ' .. errorPrinter(errors) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]'
end
return ret, backward
end

--[[
link

Simple function to export the coordinates link for other uses.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | link }}

]]
function coordinates.link(frame)
return coord_link;
end

--[[
dec2dms

Wrapper to allow templates to call dec2dms directly.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms | decimal_coordinate | positive_suffix |
negative_suffix | precision }}

decimal_coordinate is converted to DMS format. If positive, the positive_suffix
is appended (typical N or E), if negative, the negative suffix is appended. The
specified precision is one of 'D', 'DM', or 'DMS' to specify the level of detail
to use.
]]
coordinates.dec2dms = makeInvokeFunc('_dec2dms')
function coordinates._dec2dms(args)
local coordinate = args[1]
local firstPostfix = args[2] or ''
local secondPostfix = args[3] or ''
local precision = args[4] or ''

return convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision)
end

--[[
Helper function to determine whether to use D, DM, or DMS
format depending on the precision of the decimal input.
]]
function coordinates.determineMode( value1, value2 )
local precision = math.max( math_mod._precision( value1 ), math_mod._precision( value2 ) );
if precision <= 0 then
return 'd'
elseif precision <= 2 then
return 'dm';
else
return 'dms';
end
end

--[[
dms2dec

Wrapper to allow templates to call dms2dec directly.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec | direction_flag | degrees |
minutes | seconds }}

Converts DMS values specified as degrees, minutes, seconds too decimal format.
direction_flag is one of N, S, E, W, and determines whether the output is
positive (i.e. N and E) or negative (i.e. S and W).
]]
coordinates.dms2dec = makeInvokeFunc('_dms2dec')
function coordinates._dms2dec(args)
local direction = args[1]
local degrees = args[2]
local minutes = args[3]
local seconds = args[4]

return convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees, minutes, seconds)
end

--[[
coord

Main entry point for Lua function to replace {{coord}}

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }}
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | long }}
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | lat_flag | long | long_flag }}
...

Refer to {{coord}} documentation page for many additional parameters and
configuration options.

Note: This function provides the visual display elements of {{coord}}. In
order to load coordinates into the database, the {{#coordinates:}} parser
function must also be called, this is done automatically in the Lua
version of {{coord}}.
]]
coordinates.coord = makeInvokeFunc('_coord')
function coordinates._coord(args)
if not tonumber(args[1]) and not args[2] then
args[3] = args[1]; args[1] = nil

local precision = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision
args[1] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude
args[2] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude
if precision then
precision = -math_mod._round(math.log(precision)/math.log(10),0)
args[1] = math_mod._round(args[1],precision)
args[2] = math_mod._round(args[2],precision)
end
end

local contents, backward = formatTest(args)
local Notes = args.notes or ''
local Display = args.display and args.display:lower() or 'inline'

local function isInline(s)
-- Finds whether coordinates are displayed inline.
return s:find('inline') ~= nil or s == 'i' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti'
end
local function isInTitle(s)
-- Finds whether coordinates are displayed in the title.
return s:find('title') ~= nil or s == 't' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti'
end

local function coord_wrapper(in_args)
-- Calls the parser function {{#coordinates:}}.
return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#coordinates', in_args) or ''
end

local text = ''
if isInline(Display) then
text = text .. displayinline(contents, Notes)
end
if isInTitle(Display) then
text = text
.. displaytitle(contents, Notes)
end
if not args.nosave then
local page_title, count = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(), 1
if backward then
local tmp = {}
while not string.find((args[count-1] or ''), '[EW]') do tmp[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end
tmp.count = count; count = 2*(count-1)
while count >= tmp.count do table.insert(tmp, 1, (args[count] or '')); count = count-1 end
for i, v in ipairs(tmp) do args[i] = v end
else
while count <= 9 do args[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end
end
if isInTitle(Display) and not page_title.isTalkPage and page_title.subpageText ~= 'doc' and page_title.subpageText ~= 'testcases' then args[10] = 'primary' end
args.notes, args.format, args.display = nil
text = text .. coord_wrapper(args)
end
return text
end

--[[
coord2text

Extracts a single value from a transclusion of {{Coord}}.
IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED.

Usage:

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord2text | {{Coord}} | parameter }}

Valid values for the second parameter are: lat (signed integer), long (signed integer), type, scale, dim, region, globe, source

]]
function coordinates.coord2text(frame)
if frame.args[1] == '' or frame.args[2] == '' or not frame.args[2] then return nil end
frame.args[2] = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2])
if frame.args[2] == 'lat' or frame.args[2] == 'long' then
local result, negative = mw.text.split((mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1],'[%.%d]+°[NS] [%.%d]+°[EW]') or ''), ' ')
if frame.args[2] == 'lat' then
result, negative = result[1], 'S'
else
result, negative = result[2], 'W'
end
result = mw.text.split(result, '°')
if result[2] == negative then result[1] = '-'..result[1] end
return result[1]
else
return mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], 'params=.-_'..frame.args[2]..':(.-)[ _]')
end
end

--[[
coordinsert

Injects some text into the Geohack link of a transclusion of {{Coord}} (if that text isn't already in the transclusion). Outputs the modified transclusion of {{Coord}}.
IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED.

Usage:

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coordinsert | {{Coord}} | parameter:value | parameter:value | … }}

Do not make Geohack unhappy by inserting something which isn't mentioned in the {{Coord}} documentation.

]]
function coordinates.coordinsert(frame)
for i, v in ipairs(frame.args) do
if i ~= 1 then
if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], (mw.ustring.match(frame.args[i], '^(.-:)') or '')) then
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(params=.-)_? ', '%1_'..frame.args[i]..' ')
end
end
end
if frame.args.name then
if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], '') then
local namestr = frame.args.name
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1],
'()(<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*)()',
'%1%2 (' .. namestr .. ')%3')
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(&params=[^&"<>%[%] ]*) ', '%1&title=' .. mw.uri.encode(namestr) .. ' ')
end
end
return frame.args[1]
end

return coordinates

Template:Taxonbar/candidate

2023-05-19T09:51:50Z

Wikibase-admin:

<noinclude>
{{Wikidata disabled}}
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Taxonbar

2023-05-19T09:50:50Z

Wikibase-admin:

<noinclude>
{{Wikidata disabled}}
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Authority control

2023-05-19T09:48:28Z

Wikibase-admin:

<noinclude>
{{Wikidata disabled}}
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Netherlands

2023-05-11T12:20:54Z

Wikibase-admin:

{{Infobox country
| conventional_long_name = Netherlands
| native_name = {{native name|nl|Nederland}}

| image_flag = Flag of the Netherlands.svg
| image_coat = State coat of arms of the Netherlands.svg
| coa_size = 110
| national_motto = {{native name|fr|"[[Je maintiendrai]]"|nolink=on}} "I will maintain"
| national_anthem = {{native name|nl|"[[Wilhelmus|Wilhelmus van Nassouwe]]"|nolink=on}} "William of Nassau"{{brk|2}}{{center|[[File:United States Navy Band - Het Wilhelmus.ogg|Het Wilhelmus]]}}
| image_map = EU-Netherlands.svg
| map_caption = {{map caption |countryprefix=the European part of the |location_color=dark green |region=[[Europe]] | region_color=dark grey |subregion=the [[European Union]] | subregion_color=green}}
| image_map2 = BES islands location map.svg
| map_caption2 = {{map caption |countryprefix=the |country=[[Caribbean Netherlands|Caribbean municipalities]] |location_color=green}}
| image_map3 = Netherlands-CIA WFB Map-10-10-10.png
| capital = [[Amsterdam]]{{efn|name=central_cities|Amsterdam is the constitutional capital, while the government and the royal family are seated in The Hague.}}
| largest_city = capital
| coordinates = {{coord|52|22|N|4|53|E|type:city}}
| admin_center = [[The Hague]]{{efn|name=central_cities}}
| admin_center_type = Government seat
| official_languages = [[Dutch language|Dutch]]
| languages_type = Co-official languages
| languages = {{unbulleted list|[[English language|English]]|[[Papiamentu]]|[[West Frisian language|West Frisian]]}}
| languages2_type = {{nobold|Recognized regional languages}}
| languages2 = {{unbulleted list|[[French language|French]]|[[Dutch Low Saxon]]|[[Limburgish language|Limburgish]]|[[German language|German]]|[[Sinte Romani]]|[[Yiddish]]}}
| ethnic_groups = {{plainlist|class=nowrap|
* 77.39% [[Dutch people|Dutch]]
* 9.88% Other Europeans
* 2.34% [[Turks in the Netherlands|Turks]]
* 2.29% [[Dutch-Moroccans|Moroccans]]
* {{allow wrap|2.13% [[Moluccans]] and other [[Indonesians]]}}
* 2.05% [[Surinamese people in the Netherlands|Surinamese]]
* 0.90% [[Dutch Caribbean]]
* 0.23% Other [[Americas|Americans]]
* 2.80% [[Demography of the Netherlands|Other]]}}
| ethnic_groups_year = 2017
| ethnic_groups_ref = <ref>[http://statline.cbs.nl/StatWeb/publication/?DM=SLNL&PA=37325&D1=0&D2=0&D3=0&D4=0&D5=a&D6=l&VW=T Official CBS website containing all Dutch demographic statistics]. Cbs.nl. Retrieved on 4 July 2017.</ref>
| religion = {{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;
|50.1% [[Irreligion|No religion]]
|43.8% [[Christianity]]
|—23.7% [[Catholic Church in the Netherlands|Catholicism]]
|—18.1% [[Protestantism]]
|—2.0% Other [[List of Christian denominations|Christian]]
|4.9% [[Islam in the Netherlands|Islam]]
|1.2% [[Religion in the Netherlands|Others]]
}}
| religion_year = 2016
| religion_ref = <ref name="cbs2016">{{Cite web|url=https://www.cbs.nl/nl-nl/nieuws/2016/51/helft-nederlanders-is-kerkelijk-of-religieus|title=Helft Nederlanders is kerkelijk of religieus|last=CBS|website=www.cbs.nl|language=nl-NL|access-date=17 October 2017}}</ref>
| demonym = Dutch
| membership = [[Kingdom of the Netherlands]]
| membership_type = Sovereign state
| government_type = [[Unitary state|Unitary]] [[Parliamentary system|parliamentary]] [[constitutional monarchy]]
| leader_title1 = [[List of monarchs of the Netherlands|Monarch]]
| leader_title2 = [[Prime Minister of the Netherlands|Prime Minister]]
| leader_title3 = [[Deputy Prime Minister of the Netherlands|Deputy Prime Ministers]]
| leader_title4 = [[Vice-President of the Council of State (Netherlands)|Vice President of the Council of State]]
| leader_name1 = [[Willem-Alexander of the Netherlands|Willem-Alexander]]
| leader_name2 = [[Mark Rutte]]
| leader_name3 = {{ubl|[[Hugo de Jonge]]|[[Kajsa Ollongren]]|[[Carola Schouten]]}}
| leader_name4 = [[Thom de Graaf]]
| legislature = [[States General of the Netherlands|States General]]
| upper_house = [[Senate (Netherlands)|Senate]]
| lower_house = [[House of Representatives (Netherlands)|House of Representatives]]
| sovereignty_type = Independence {{nobold|from [[Habsburg Spain]]}}
| established_event1 = [[Act of Abjuration|Proclaimed]]
| established_event2 = [[Peace of Münster|Recognised]]
| established_event3 = Kingdom established
| established_event4 = [[Liberation Day (Netherlands)|Liberation Day]]
| established_event5 = [[United Nations Charter|UN admission]]
| established_event6 = [[Charter for the Kingdom of the Netherlands|Charter]]
| established_event7 = [[Caribbean Netherlands|Caribbean incorporation]]
| established_date1 = 26 July 1581
| established_date2 = 30 January 1648
| established_date3 = 16 March 1815
| established_date4 = 5 May 1945
| established_date5 = 10 December 1945
| established_date6 = 15 December 1954
| established_date7 = 10 October 2010
| area_km2 = 41865<ref name="auto2">{{Cite web|url=http://www.waarstaatjeprovincie.nl/Paginas/Ruimtelijke%20ordening/Oppervlakte.aspx|title=Oppervlakte}}</ref><ref name="auto2-additional">{{Cite web|url=http://onderwerpen/caribische-deel-van-het-koninkrijk/vraag-en-antwoord/waaruit-bestaat-het-koninkrijk-der-nederlanden|title=Waaruit bestaat het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden? – Rijksoverheid.nl|first=Ministerie van Algemene|last=Zaken|date=19 May 2015|website=onderwerpen}}{{Dead link|date=January 2021 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}</ref>
| area_rank = 131st
| area_sq_mi =
| percent_water = 10.32 (as of 2015)<ref>{{cite web|title=Surface water and surface water change|access-date=2020-10-11|publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] (OECD)|url=https://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SURFACE_WATER#}}</ref>
| population_estimate = 17,418,808 {{increase}}<ref name="auto">{{Cite web|url=https://opendata.cbs.nl/statline/#/CBS/nl/dataset/37230ned/table|title=CBS Statline|website=opendata.cbs.nl}}</ref>
| population_estimate_year = 2020
| population_estimate_rank = 68th
| population_density_km2 = 521
| population_density_rank = 16th
| population_density_sq_mi =
| GDP_PPP = $1.004 trillion<ref name=imf2>{{cite web|url = https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2019/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?pr.x=90&pr.y=17&sy=2019&ey=2019&scsm=1&ssd=1&sort=country&ds=.&br=1&c=138&s=NGDPD%2CPPPGDP%2CNGDPDPC%2CPPPPC&grp=0&a=|title = Netherlands|date = April 2019|publisher = International Monetary Fund }}</ref>
| GDP_PPP_year = 2019
| GDP_PPP_rank = 28th
| GDP_PPP_per_capita = $58,255<ref name=imf2/>
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank = 13th
| GDP_nominal = $914 billion<ref name=imf2/>
| GDP_nominal_year = 2019
| GDP_nominal_rank = 17th
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = $53,016<ref name=imf2/>
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 13th
| Gini = 26.6
| Gini_year = 2019
| Gini_change = decrease
| Gini_ref = <ref name=eurogini>{{cite web |url=https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/tgm/table.do?tab=table&init=1&language=en&pcode=tessi190&plugin=1 |title=Gini coefficient of equivalised disposable income – EU-SILC survey |publisher=[[Eurostat]] |website=ec.europa.eu/eurostat |access-date=9 July 2020}}</ref>
| Gini_rank = 15th
| HDI = 0.933
| HDI_year = 2018
| HDI_change = increase
| HDI_ref = <ref name="UNHDR">{{cite web|url=http://hdr.undp.org/en/content/2019-human-development-index-ranking|title=Human Development Report 2019|language=en|publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]]|date=10 December 2019|accessdate=10 December 2019|format=PDF|archive-date=23 May 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200523103905/http://hdr.undp.org/en/content/2019-human-development-index-ranking|url-status=dead}}</ref>
| HDI_rank = 10th
| currency = {{unbulleted list|[[Euro]] (€, EUR)|[[United States dollar|US dollar]] ($, USD){{efn|The euro is used in the European part of the Netherlands and replaced the [[Dutch guilder]] in 2002. The United States dollar is used in the [[Caribbean Netherlands]] and replaced the [[Netherlands Antillean guilder]] in 2011.<ref>{{cite web |url = http://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0028551 |title=Wet geldstelsel BES |publisher=Dutch government |date=30 September 2010 |accessdate=11 January 2014 }}</ref>}}}}
| time_zone = {{ubl|[[UTC]]+1 ([[Central European Time|CET]])|[[UTC]]−4 ([[Atlantic Standard Time|AST]]){{efn|CET and CEST are used in the European Netherlands, and AST is used in the Caribbean Netherlands.}}}}
| utc_offset =
| utc_offset_DST =
| time_zone_DST = {{ubl|[[UTC]]+2 ([[Central European Summer Time|CEST]])|[[UTC]]−4 ([[Atlantic Standard Time|AST]])}}
| DST_note = {{smaller|Note: Even though the European Netherlands are located within the [[UTC±00:00|UTC±0]] longitudes, the country adopted
[[UTC+1]] ([[Central European Time]]) as its standard time under [[German occupation of the Netherlands|German occupation]] on 2 November 1942, with a +0:40:28 offset (+1:40:28 during [[daylight saving time|DST]]) from Amsterdam’s [[Local Mean Time|LMT]] (UTC+0:19:32).<ref>{{cite web |title=Time Zone & Clock Changes in Amsterdam, Netherlands |url=https://www.timeanddate.com/time/zone/netherlands/amsterdam |website=www.timeanddate.com |accessdate=24 March 2020 |language=en}}</ref>}}
| date_format = dd-mm-yyyy
| electricity = [[Mains electricity by country|230 V–50 Hz]]
| drives_on = right
| calling_code = [[Telephone numbers in the Netherlands|+31]], [[Telephone numbers in Curaçao and the Caribbean Netherlands|+599]]{{efn|+599 was the country code designated for the now dissolved [[Netherlands Antilles]]. The Caribbean Netherlands still use +599 7 (for Bonaire), +599 3 (for Sint Eustatius), and +599 4 (for Saba).}}
| iso3166code = NL
| cctld = [[.nl]], [[.bq]]{{efn|.nl is the common internet top level domain name for the Netherlands. The [[.eu]] domain is also used, as it is shared with other [[European Union]] member states. .bq is designated, but not in use, for the [[Caribbean Netherlands]].}}
| today =
}}
[[File:Netherlands-CIA WFB Map-10-10-10.png|thumb|350px|Map of the Netherlands]]
The '''Netherlands''' is a [[country]] that is part (of a [[constituent country]]) of the [[Kingdom of the Netherlands]]. Most of it is in [[Western Europe]], but there are also some parts in the [[Caribbean]]. More than 17 million people live there. To the north and west of the [[Europe]]an part of the Netherlands is the [[North Sea]], and to the east is [[Germany]] and to the south is [[Belgium]]. The Netherlands is one of the countries that started the [[European Union]]. People who live in the Netherlands are called "[[Dutch (people)|Dutch]]". The language of the Netherlands is also called [[Dutch language|Dutch]]. The official capital of the Netherlands is Amsterdam. However, the government is in The Hague.

== Name ==
"The Netherlands" means "the low lands". The land only rises, on average, 1 meter above sea level. One third of the land is below sea level. The Netherlands is also - incorrectly - referred to as [[Holland]]. Holland was a very rich area (two provinces) in the western part of the Netherlands, thus causing people to be mistaken. Some people who do not live in the western part of the Netherlands do not like it when people call the country Holland. The name "Holland" originates from the old Dutch words "Holt land" which means "wood lands".

== History ==
At the end of the [[Middle Ages]] the [[duke]]s of [[Burgundy]], a country that is now part of [[France]], united seventeen areas. Those areas were called the Netherlands. When the daughter of a duke married [[Maximilian I, Holy Roman Emperor]] in 1477, the Netherlands became part of [[Spain]]. In the 16th century many Dutch people became [[Protestant]]. The king of Spain did not like it, he wanted all Dutch to be [[Roman Catholic]]. Of course the Dutch people did not like this, and after violent excesses by the Spanish they started a war against Spain in 1568, also for reasons of taxation. The war lasted until 1648, therefore it is called the [[Eighty Years' War]]. An important leader of the Dutch in this war was Willem van Oranje (Willem of orange) also called [[William the Silent]].

In 1648 the Netherlands and Spain signed [[Peace of Münster|peace]]. The Dutch people were allowed to keep all the areas they conquered. The part of the Netherlands that was not conquered by the Dutch stayed part of Spain. Later this part became the country [[Belgium]].

When the Netherlands became independent, it was a very special country. That time almost all countries in [[Europe]] were ruled by a king, but the Netherlands was a [[republic]]. The Netherlands was made up of seven [[province]]s, that were ruled by the big cities. The cities were ruled by the municipality which consisted of rich civilians. Together those provinces were ruled by a [[stadtholder]], a very powerful man, but compared to the kings of other European countries he had much less power.

In the [[17th century]] the Netherlands was the richest and one of the most powerful countries in the world. Therefore, the Dutch call the 17th century the [[Golden Age]]. Their [[Dutch Empire]] had [[colony|colonies]] around the world. One important colony was the [[East Indies]], which is now called [[Indonesia]]. They also had colonies in the [[Caribbean]], like the other European empires. They also started [[New Netherland]], which is now called [[New York City|New York]]. The Netherlands often fought wars against other European countries, especially the [[Anglo-Dutch Wars]] against [[England]]. [[Michiel de Ruyter]], a Dutch [[admiral]], became a Dutch hero when he defeated the English navy close to London.

In the 18th century the Netherlands became poorer. Many people blamed this on the government leaders, the stadtholders. Many thought they had too much power and wanted them to get away. In 1789 the French people [[French Revolution|deposed]] (got rid of) their king. French armies attacked other countries to depose their leaders too. In 1795 they attacked the Netherlands. Stadtholder [[Stadtholder William V of the Netherlands|William V]] had to flee to England. The Netherlands were renamed to [[Batavian Republic]] and became a [[democracy]]. But the French were not content (satisfied) with the Dutch ruler, so in 1806 the French [[emperor]] [[Napoleon]] made his brother [[Louis Bonaparte]] king of the Netherlands. Louis became popular in the Netherlands, but the emperor was again not content with him, so in 1810 the Netherlands became a part of France.

In 1815 Napoleon was defeated, and the Netherlands became independent again. The rulers of European countries thought it was a good idea to make the Netherlands stronger, to make them able to resist another French invasion. Therefore, [[Belgium]] and [[Luxembourg]] were added to the Netherlands. [[King William I of the Netherlands|William I]], the son of stadtholder William V, became king. Some Belgians disliked their Dutch king. In 1830 they revolted. William sent an army. He was much more powerful than the Belgians but after ten days the French sent an army to support them. In 1831 the Belgians chose their own king and Belgium became an independent country.

[[Liberalism|Some people]] again thought the Dutch king had too much power. They wanted to give him less power and vote for the government themselves. In 1848 there were violent revolts against the kings of many European countries. The Dutch king was afraid the same would happen in the Netherlands. Therefore, he allowed [[Johan Rudolf Thorbecke]] to write a [[constitution]]. From then on people were allowed to vote. At first only rich men were allowed to vote. From 1919 on [[universal suffrage|all adults were allowed to vote]].

In [[World War I]], the Netherlands did not fight and were not invaded. The Dutch wanted to stay [[Neutrality (international relations)|neutral]] in [[World War II]] as well, but in 1940 the country was invaded and occupied by [[Germany]]. Like in other countries they had occupied, the German authorities started to kill [[Jews]]. [[Anne Frank]] was a Jewish girl who lived in the Netherlands. Her family hid from the Nazis and she wrote a [[diary]]. She died in a Nazi [[concentration camp]] and her diary became famous.

In 1944 the [[United States|American]], [[Canada|Canadian]], [[Poland|Polish]] and British armies liberated the south of the Netherlands from Nazi Occupation. They wanted to cross the [[Rhine]] river in [[Operation Market Garden]] to liberate the rest of the country, but they were defeated. It took until May 1945 before the entire country was liberated. During the five years of Nazi occupation, 250,000 people had died in the Netherlands.

Shortly after the war, [[Indonesia]] declared its independence. The Dutch sent soldiers to fight in Indonesia. After other countries, including the [[United States]], told the Dutch to leave Indonesia, they finally did so in 1949.

After the war the Netherlands became one of the richest countries in the world. In 2004 the [[United Nations]] said that the Netherlands was the 5th best country to live in.

== Politics ==
The Netherlands is a [[constitutional monarchy]]. That means the country has a king, but the real power is in the hands of a [[parliament]], chosen by the Dutch people. All Dutch people at least 18 years old or older are allowed to vote. The Dutch parliament consists of two chambers: the [[Second Chamber (Netherlands)|Second Chamber]] (Dutch: ''Tweede Kamer'', this is the House of Representatives, elected every four years), and the [[First Chamber (Netherlands)|First Chamber]] (Dutch: ''Eerste Kamer'', this is the Senate, elected by provincial politicians every four years). After the Second Chamber elections, parties that have had a majority of the votes create a [[cabinet]]. The cabinet consists of a [[prime minister]] and several other ministers and deputy ministers. Current government is the liberal-Christian democratic [[Third Rutte cabinet]], consisting of [[VVD]], [[CDA]], [[D66]] and [[CU]] politicians. Prime Minister is [[Mark Rutte]] (VVD).

The latest general elections were held on [[2021 Dutch general election|March 17, 2021]]. Winners were liberal parties like [[VVD]] (also the biggest party), [[D66]] (second biggest party) and [[Volt Netherlands|Volt]], and populist parties like [[FVD]] and [[JA21]]. Losers were left parties like [[SP]] and [[GL]], Christian democratic party [[CDA]], populist party [[PVV]], and senior citizen party [[50+]].

The Netherlands is known for [[Toleration|tolerance]] in politics. The Netherlands is the only country where [[soft drugs]] are not entirely considered illegal. Furthermore, the Netherlands is one of the few countries that allow [[same-sex marriage]]s, [[euthanasia]] and [[prostitution]] to a certain extent.

More information: ''[[Politics of the Netherlands]]''.

== Subdivisions ==
The Netherlands is subdivided in provinces and municipalities.

=== Provinces ===
{{main|Provinces of the Netherlands}}
[[File:Map provinces Netherlands-en.svg|thumb|350px|Provinces of the Netherlands]]
In the Netherlands there are 12 provinces:
{| style="background:none;" cellspacing="2px"
|-
|
{| class="sortable wikitable" style="text-align:left;"
|-
! style="width:40px;" class="unsortable"| [[Flag]]
! style="width:140px;"| [[Province]]
! style="width:80px;"| [[Capital (political)|Capital]]
! style="width:80px;"| Largest city
! style="width:60px;"| [[Area]] (km2)
!<ref name="ProvArea">{{cite web|url=http://statline.cbs.nl/StatWeb/publication/?VW=T&DM=SLNL&PA=70072ned&D1=224&D2=5-16&D3=l&HD=081103-1603&HDR=T&STB=G1,G2|language=Dutch|publisher=[[Statistics Netherlands]]|year=2007|accessdate=2007-10-13|title=Regionale Kerncijfers Nederland}}</ref> width="70px"| [[Population]]<ref>{{cite web|url=http://statline.cbs.nl/StatWeb/publication/?VW=T&DM=SLNL&PA=03759ned&D1=0&D2=802-813&D3=0&D4=l&HD=081103-1603|language=Dutch|publisher=[[Statistics Netherlands]]|year=2007|accessdate=2007-10-13|title=Bevolking per regio naar leeftijd, geslacht en burgerlijke staat}}</ref>
! style="width:80px;"|Density (per km2)
|-
| [[File:Flag Drenthe.svg|27px]] || [[Drenthe]] || [[Assen]] || [[Assen]] || style="text-align:right"|2,641|| style="text-align:right"|486,197|| style="text-align:right"|184
|-
| [[File:Flevolandflag.svg|27px]] || [[Flevoland]] || [[Lelystad]] || [[Almere]] || style="text-align:right"|1,417|| style="text-align:right"|374,424|| style="text-align:right"|264
|-
| [[File:Frisian flag.svg|27px]] || [[Friesland]] || [[Leeuwarden]] || [[Leeuwarden]] || style="text-align:right"|3,341|| style="text-align:right"|642,209|| style="text-align:right"|192
|-
| [[File:Flag of Gelderland.svg|27px]] || [[Gelderland]] || [[Arnhem]] || [[Nijmegen]] || style="text-align:right"|4,971|| style="text-align:right"|1,979,059|| style="text-align:right"|398
|-
| [[File:Flag Groningen.svg|27px]] || [[Groningen (province)|Groningen]] || [[Groningen (city)|Groningen]] || [[Groningen (city)|Groningen]] || style="text-align:right"|2,333|| style="text-align:right"|573,614|| style="text-align:right"|246
|-
| [[File:NL-LimburgVlag.svg|27px]] || [[Limburg (Netherlands)|Limburg]] || [[Maastricht]] || [[Maastricht]] || style="text-align:right"|2,150|| style="text-align:right"|1,127,805|| style="text-align:right"|525
|-
| [[File:North Brabant-Flag.svg|27px]] || [[North Brabant]] ''(Noord-Brabant)'' || [['s-Hertogenbosch|Den Bosch]] || [[Eindhoven]] || style="text-align:right"|4,916|| style="text-align:right"|2,419,042|| style="text-align:right"|492
|-
| [[File:Flag North-Holland, Netherlands.svg|27px]] || [[North Holland]] ''(Noord-Holland)'' || [[Haarlem]] || [[Amsterdam]] || style="text-align:right"|2,671|| style="text-align:right"|2,613,070|| style="text-align:right"|978
|-
| [[File:Flag Overijssel.svg|27px]] || [[Overijssel]] || [[Zwolle, Netherlands|Zwolle]] || [[Enschede]] || style="text-align:right"|3,325|| style="text-align:right"|1,116,374|| style="text-align:right"|336
|-
| [[File:Utrecht (province)-Flag.svg|27px]] || [[Utrecht (province)|Utrecht]] || [[Utrecht (city)|Utrecht]] || [[Utrecht (city)|Utrecht]] || style="text-align:right"|1,385|| style="text-align:right"|1,190,604|| style="text-align:right"|860
|-
| [[File:Flag of Zeeland.svg|27px]] || [[Zeeland|Zealand]] ''(Zeeland)'' || [[Middelburg, Netherlands|Middelburg]] || [[Middelburg, Netherlands|Middelburg]] || style="text-align:right"|1,787|| style="text-align:right"|380,497|| style="text-align:right"|213
|-
| [[File:Flag Zuid-Holland.svg|27px]] || [[South Holland]] ''(Zuid Holland)'' || [[The Hague]] ''(Den Haag)'' || [[Rotterdam]] || style="text-align:right"|2,814|| style="text-align:right"|3,455,097|| style="text-align:right"|1228
|}
|}

These provinces are all located in the part of the Netherlands that is in Europe. The country also includes three special [[municipality|municipalities]] in the Caribbean: [[Bonaire]], [[Saba]] and [[Sint Eustatius]]. They are not part of any province, but together are known as the [[Caribbean Netherlands]]. The Netherlands (both the European part and the Caribbean Netherlands), together with [[Aruba]], [[Curaçao]] and [[Sint Maarten]], also in the Caribbean, form a [[sovereign state]] called the [[Kingdom of the Netherlands]].

When the Kingdom was formed in 1954, the territories in the Caribbean became part of the [[Netherlands Antilles]]. At that time it also included [[Suriname]] in [[South America]], which became an [[independence|independent]] country in 1975. Aruba left the Antilles in 1986, and Curaçao and Sint Maarten did the same in 2010. The rest of the islands then became the Caribbean Netherlands which is part of the Netherlands proper.

=== Municipalities ===
{{Main|List of municipalities of the Netherlands}}

The Netherlands has 352 municipalities (2021) and also three special municipalities in the so-called [[Caribbean Netherlands]].

Almost every year the amount of municipalities decrease.

=== Cities ===
Cities aren't actually a subdivision of the Netherlands. Cities are also municipalities or they make part of municipalities.

This is a list of the cities with over 100,000 people.
[[File:Amsterdam airphoto.jpg|thumb|[[Amsterdam]]]]
[[File:RotterdamMaasNederland.jpg|thumb|[[Rotterdam]]]]
[[File:Skyline Den Haag.JPG|thumb|[[The Hague]]]]
[[File:Domuitzicht8.jpg|thumb|[[Utrecht (city)|Utrecht]]]]
[[File:Hoogbouw Eindhoven.jpg|thumb|[[Eindhoven]]]]
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!Rank
!City
!Population
!Province
!Notes
|-
|1||[[Amsterdam]]||780,000||{{flag|North Holland}}||''excl. [[Driemond]] and [[Landelijk Noord]]''
|-
|2||[[Rotterdam]]||611,000||{{flag|South Holland}}||
|-
|3||[[The Hague]]||500,000||{{flag|South Holland}}||''[[Dutch language|Dutch]] name: Den Haag''
|-
|4||[[Utrecht (city)|Utrecht]]||312,634 ||{{flag|Utrecht}}
|-
|5||[[Eindhoven]]||213,809||{{flag|North Brabant}}
|-
|6||[[Tilburg]]||203,492||{{flag|North Brabant}}
|-
|7||[[Almere]]||193,303||{{flag|Flevoland}}
|-
|8||[[Groningen (city)|Groningen]]||187,298||{{flag|Groningen}}||''excl. Engelbert, Hoogkerk, Middelbert and Noorderhoogebrug''
|-
|9||[[Breda]]||173,299||{{flag|North Brabant}}
|-
|10||[[Nijmegen]]||164,165||{{flag|Gelderland}}||''excl. Lent and Oosterhout''
|-
|11||[[Apeldoorn]]||155,726||{{flag|Gelderland}}||''excl. Beekbergen, Hoenderloo, Hoog Soeren, Klarenbeek, Lieren, Loenen, Uddel and Ugchelen''
|-
|12||[[Enschede]]||154,017||{{flag|Overijssel}}||
|-
|13||[[Haarlem]]||151,853||{{flag|North Holland}}||''excl.Bloemendaal, Hillegom, Heemstede, Velsen, Overveen''
|-
|14||[[Arnhem]]||147,018||{{flag|Gelderland}}||''excl. Schaarsbergen''
|-
|15||[[Amersfoort]]||126,750||{{flag|Utrecht}}||''excl. Hoogland and Hooglanderveen''
|-
|16||[[Dordrecht]]||118,540||{{flag|South Holland}}
|-
|17||[[Zoetermeer]]||118,020||{{flag|South Holland}}
|-
|18||[[Zwolle, Netherlands|Zwolle]]||118,000||{{flag|Overijssel}}||''excl. Brinkhoek, Haerst, Herfte, Langenholte, Wijthmen and Windesheim''
|-
|19||[[Leiden]]||117,480||{{flag|South Holland}}
|-
|20||[[Maastricht]]||116,200||{{flagcountry|Limburg (Netherlands)}}||''excl. Borgharen and Itteren''
|-
|21||[[Ede]]||107,476||{{flag|Gelderland}}||''CBS (1 January, 2007)''
|-
|22||[['s-Hertogenbosch]]||102,220||{{flag|North Brabant}}||''excl. Bokhoven, Empel, Engelen, Kruisstraat, Maliskamp and Rosmalen''
|-
|23||[[Venlo]]||100,271||{{flagcountry|Limburg (Netherlands)}}
|}

== Geography ==
In fact a large part of the Netherlands was created by the sand that came from the many [[river]]s flowing through it. Notable Dutch rivers are the [[Rhine]], the [[Maas]], the [[IJssel]] and the [[Scelt]]. A large part of the Netherlands is below [[sea level]]. This is because the Dutch have made many lakes and parts of the sea dry, creating polders. Therefore, there is a [[saying]] "God created the earth, but the Dutch created the Netherlands." This makes the Netherlands very flat. In the very south-east of the Netherlands, in [[Limburg (Netherlands)|Limburg]], there are some hills. Therefore, this region is a tourist-attraction for many Dutch people. The highest point in the European portion of the Netherlands, the [[Vaalserberg]], is 323 metres above sea level. The highest point in both the Netherlands proper and the Kingdom of the Netherlands is [[Mount Scenery]], on the Caribbean island of [[Saba]], at 887 metres.

The Netherlands is a small flat country; about 300 kilometers from north to south, and about 170 kilometers from east to west. It has an [[oceanic climate]] (''Cfb'' in the [[Köppen climate classification]]).

== People ==
{{main|Dutch people}}
[[File:Keetmolen in Ede.jpg|thumb|upright|[[Windmill]] in Netherlands]]
The Netherlands is a small country, but many people live there. It is one of the most [[population density|densely populated]] countries of the world.

Most people in the Netherlands speak [[Dutch language|Dutch]]. In [[Friesland]], about 200,000 people speak [[Frisian language|Frisian]]. Frisian is the language with the most similarities to English. Some Dutch people speak [[dialect]]s. The Saxon dialects spoken in the northeastern part of the Netherlands are somewhat similar to [[Low German]].

According to a survey done in 2006, 25% of the Dutch people are [[Christian]] and 3% believe in another organised religion, like Judaism, Islam or Hinduism. Twenty-six percent are 'unbounded spiritual' (have their own beliefs and are not tied to a religion). The other 44% are not religious.

==Trains==
[[Nederlandse Spoorwegen]] ({{lang-en|Dutch Railways}}) or '''NS''' is the main passenger railway operator in the Netherlands. The rail [[infrastructure]] is maintained by network manager [[ProRail]], which was split from NS in 2003. Freight services, formerly operated by '''NS Cargo''', merged with the [[DB Schenker]] group in 2000.

NS runs 4,800 scheduled trains daily. In addition, NS provides international rail services from the Netherlands to other European destinations and carries out concessions on a number of foreign rail markets through its subsidiary [[Abellio (transport company)|Abellio]] such as [[Abellio Greater Anglia]], [[Merseyrail]] and [[ScotRail]].

[[Arriva]] is another passenger railway operator in the Netherlands. It is a [[wikt:subsidiary|subsidiary]] of the German company [[Deutsche Bahn]]. Their local headquarters is based at [[Heerenveen]]. They have been active since 1998.

==Related pages==
* [[List of rivers of the Netherlands]]
* [[Netherlands at the Olympics]]
* [[Netherlands national football team]]

== References ==
{{reflist}}
'''Notes'''
{{Reflist|group=lower-alpha}}

{{Europe}}
{{European Union}}
{{North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO)}}
{{Commons}}
{{Wikivoyage}}

[[Category:Netherlands| ]]
[[Category:European Union member states]]
[[Category:Benelux]]
[[Category:Current monarchies]]
[[Category:Dutch-speaking countries]]

Module:Infobox road/map

2023-05-05T13:39:33Z

Wikibase-admin:

local p = {}

local mapsizes = {["DEU"] = "200", ["USA"] = "290x172"}

function p.map(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local config = frame.args -- the arguments passed BY the template, in the wikitext of the template itself
local args = pframe.args -- the arguments passed TO the template, in the wikitext that transcludes the template

local map_custom = args.map_custom or ''
local map = args.map or ''
if map_custom == "yes" then
return '' .. map .. ''
end
if map == '' then
local currentEntityId = mw.ext.UnlinkedWikibase.getEntityId('enwiki')
if currentEntityId then
local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(currentEntityId) or {}
else
local entity = {}
end
local claims = entity.claims or {}
local mapProp = claims.p15
if not mapProp then -- no claim of that property
return ""
end
map = mapProp[0].mainsnak.datavalue.value -- This should eventually iterate over all possible values?
end
local filecode = "[[File:" .. map .. "|"

local countrymod = require"Module:Infobox road/meta/mask/country"
local countryarg = args.country
local state = args.state or args.province
local country = ''
if countryarg and state then
country = countrymod._country(state, countryarg)
end

local mapsize = mapsizes[country] or '290'
local alt = args.map_alt or ''
filecode = filecode .. mapsize .. 'px|alt=' .. alt .. ']]'
return filecode
end

return p

Module:Coordinates

2023-05-05T13:37:28Z

Wikibase-admin:

--[[
This module is intended to replace the functionality of {{Coord}} and related
templates. It provides several methods, including

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} : General function formatting and displaying
coordinate values.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms }} : Simple function for converting decimal
degree values to DMS format.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec }} : Simple function for converting DMS format
to decimal degree format.

{{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} : Export the link used to reach the tools

]]

require('strict')

local math_mod = require("Module:Math")
local coordinates = {};

local current_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local page_name = mw.uri.encode( current_page.prefixedText, 'WIKI' );
local coord_link = '//geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?pagename=' .. page_name .. '&params='
local templatestyles = 'Module:Coordinates/styles.css'

--[[ Helper function, replacement for {{coord/display/title}} ]]
local function displaytitle(s, notes)
local l = "[[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]]: " .. s
local co = '' .. l .. notes .. '';
return '' .. co .. '';
end

--[[ Helper function, Replacement for {{coord/display/inline}} ]]
local function displayinline(s, notes)
return s .. notes
end

--[[ Helper function, used in detecting DMS formatting ]]
local function dmsTest(first, second)
if type(first) ~= 'string' or type(second) ~= 'string' then
return nil
end
local s = (first .. second):upper()
return s:find('^[NS][EW]$') or s:find('^[EW][NS]$')
end

--[[ Wrapper function to grab args, see Module:Arguments for this function's documentation. ]]
local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
return function (frame)
local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {
wrappers = 'Template:Coord'
})
return coordinates[funcName](args, frame)
end
end

--[[ Helper function, handle optional args. ]]
local function optionalArg(arg, supplement)
return arg and arg .. supplement or ''
end

--[[
Formats any error messages generated for display
]]
local function errorPrinter(errors)
local result = ""
for i,v in ipairs(errors) do
local errorHTML = 'Coordinates: ' .. v[2] .. ''
result = result .. errorHTML .. " "
end
return result
end

--[[
Determine the required CSS class to display coordinates

Usually geo-nondefault is hidden by CSS, unless a user has overridden this for himself
default is the mode as specificied by the user when calling the {{coord}} template
mode is the display mode (dec or dms) that we will need to determine the css class for
]]
local function displayDefault(default, mode)
if default == "" then
default = "dec"
end

if default == mode then
return "geo-default"
else
return "geo-nondefault"
end
end

--[[
specPrinter

Output formatter. Takes the structure generated by either parseDec
or parseDMS and formats it for inclusion on Wikipedia.
]]
local function specPrinter(args, coordinateSpec)
local uriComponents = coordinateSpec["param"]
if uriComponents == "" then
-- RETURN error, should never be empty or nil
return "ERROR param was empty"
end
if args["name"] then
uriComponents = uriComponents .. "&title=" .. mw.uri.encode(coordinateSpec["name"])
end

local geodmshtml = ''
.. '' .. coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] .. ' '
.. '' ..coordinateSpec["dms-long"] .. ''
.. ''

local lat = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] ) or 0
local geodeclat
if lat < 0 then
-- FIXME this breaks the pre-existing precision
geodeclat = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-lat"]):sub(2) .. "°S"
else
geodeclat = (coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] or 0) .. "°N"
end

local long = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-long"] ) or 0
local geodeclong
if long < 0 then
-- FIXME does not handle unicode minus
geodeclong = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-long"]):sub(2) .. "°W"
else
geodeclong = (coordinateSpec["dec-long"] or 0) .. "°E"
end

local geodechtml = ''
.. geodeclat .. ' '
.. geodeclong
.. ''

local geonumhtml = ''
.. coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] .. '; '
.. coordinateSpec["dec-long"]
.. ''

local inner = '' .. geodmshtml .. ''
.. ' / '
.. '';

if not args["name"] then
inner = inner .. geodechtml
.. ' / ' .. geonumhtml .. ''
else
inner = inner .. '' .. geodechtml
.. ' / ' .. geonumhtml .. ''
.. ' ('
.. args["name"] .. ')'
end

return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles} }
.. ''
.. '[' .. coord_link .. uriComponents .. ' ' .. inner .. ']'
.. ''
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_d(coordinate)
local d = math_mod._round( coordinate, 0 ) .. "°"
return d .. ""
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees and minutes ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_dm(coordinate)
coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60, 0 );
local m = coordinate % 60;
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 );
local d = coordinate % 360 .."°"

return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m )
end

--[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees, minutes, and seconds ]]
local function convert_dec2dms_dms(coordinate)
coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60 * 60, 0 );
local s = coordinate % 60
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - s) / 60 );
local m = coordinate % 60
coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 );
local d = coordinate % 360 .."°"

return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) .. string.format( "%02d″", s )
end

--[[
Helper function, convert decimal latitude or longitude to
degrees, minutes, and seconds format based on the specified precision.
]]
local function convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision)
local coord = tonumber(coordinate)
local postfix
if coord >= 0 then
postfix = firstPostfix
else
postfix = secondPostfix
end

precision = precision:lower();
if precision == "dms" then
return convert_dec2dms_dms( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
elseif precision == "dm" then
return convert_dec2dms_dm( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
elseif precision == "d" then
return convert_dec2dms_d( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix;
end
end

--[[
Convert DMS format into a N or E decimal coordinate
]]
local function convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees_str, minutes_str, seconds_str)
local degrees = tonumber(degrees_str)
local minutes = tonumber(minutes_str) or 0
local seconds = tonumber(seconds_str) or 0

local factor = 1
if direction == "S" or direction == "W" then
factor = -1
end

local precision = 0
if seconds_str then
precision = 5 + math.max( math_mod._precision(seconds_str), 0 );
elseif minutes_str and minutes_str ~= '' then
precision = 3 + math.max( math_mod._precision(minutes_str), 0 );
else
precision = math.max( math_mod._precision(degrees_str), 0 );
end

local decimal = factor * (degrees+(minutes+seconds/60)/60)
return string.format( "%." .. precision .. "f", decimal ) -- not tonumber since this whole thing is string based.
end

--[[
Checks input values to for out of range errors.
]]
local function validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, source, strong )
local errors = {};
lat_d = tonumber( lat_d ) or 0;
lat_m = tonumber( lat_m ) or 0;
lat_s = tonumber( lat_s ) or 0;
long_d = tonumber( long_d ) or 0;
long_m = tonumber( long_m ) or 0;
long_s = tonumber( long_s ) or 0;

if strong then
if lat_d < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"})
end
if long_d < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"})
end
--[[
#coordinates is inconsistent about whether this is an error. If globe: is
specified, it won't error on this condition, but otherwise it will.

For not simply disable this check.

if long_d > 180 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees > 180 with hemisphere flag"})
end
]]
end

if lat_d > 90 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees > 90"})
end
if lat_d < -90 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < -90"})
end
if lat_m >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes >= 60"})
end
if lat_m < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes < 0"})
end
if lat_s >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds >= 60"})
end
if lat_s < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds < 0"})
end
if long_d >= 360 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees >= 360"})
end
if long_d <= -360 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees <= -360"})
end
if long_m >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes >= 60"})
end
if long_m < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes < 0"})
end
if long_s >= 60 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds >= 60"})
end
if long_s < 0 then
table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds < 0"})
end

return errors;
end

--[[
parseDec

Transforms decimal format latitude and longitude into the
structure to be used in displaying coordinates
]]
local function parseDec( lat, long, format )
local coordinateSpec = {}
local errors = {}

if not long then
return nil, {{"parseDec", "Missing longitude"}}
elseif not tonumber(long) then
return nil, {{"parseDec", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number: " .. long}}
end

errors = validate( lat, nil, nil, long, nil, nil, 'parseDec', false );
coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = lat;
coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = long;

local mode = coordinates.determineMode( lat, long );
coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = convert_dec2dms( lat, "N", "S", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{1}}}|N|S|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}}
coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = convert_dec2dms( long, "E", "W", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{2}}}|E|W|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}}

if format then
coordinateSpec.default = format
else
coordinateSpec.default = "dec"
end

return coordinateSpec, errors
end

--[[
parseDMS

Transforms degrees, minutes, seconds format latitude and longitude
into the a structure to be used in displaying coordinates
]]
local function parseDMS( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, lat_f, long_d, long_m, long_s, long_f, format )
local coordinateSpec, errors, backward = {}, {}

lat_f = lat_f:upper();
long_f = long_f:upper();

-- Check if specified backward
if lat_f == 'E' or lat_f == 'W' then
lat_d, long_d, lat_m, long_m, lat_s, long_s, lat_f, long_f, backward = long_d, lat_d, long_m, lat_m, long_s, lat_s, long_f, lat_f, true;
end

errors = validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, 'parseDMS', true );
if not long_d then
return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Missing longitude" }}
elseif not tonumber(long_d) then
return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number:" .. long_d }}
end

if not lat_m and not lat_s and not long_m and not long_s and #errors == 0 then
if math_mod._precision( lat_d ) > 0 or math_mod._precision( long_d ) > 0 then
if lat_f:upper() == 'S' then
lat_d = '-' .. lat_d;
end
if long_f:upper() == 'W' then
long_d = '-' .. long_d;
end

return parseDec( lat_d, long_d, format );
end
end

coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = lat_d.."°"..optionalArg(lat_m,"′") .. optionalArg(lat_s,"″") .. lat_f
coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = long_d.."°"..optionalArg(long_m,"′") .. optionalArg(long_s,"″") .. long_f
coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = convert_dms2dec(lat_f, lat_d, lat_m, lat_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{4}}}|{{{1}}}|0{{{2}}}|0{{{3}}}}}
coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = convert_dms2dec(long_f, long_d, long_m, long_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{8}}}|{{{5}}}|0{{{6}}}|0{{{7}}}}}

if format then
coordinateSpec.default = format
else
coordinateSpec.default = "dms"
end

return coordinateSpec, errors, backward
end

--[[
Check the input arguments for coord to determine the kind of data being provided
and then make the necessary processing.
]]
local function formatTest(args)
local result, errors
local backward, primary = false, false

local function getParam(args, lim)
local ret = {}
for i = 1, lim do
ret[i] = args[i] or ''
end
return table.concat(ret, '_')
end

if not args[1] then
-- no lat logic
return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Missing latitude"}} )
elseif not tonumber(args[1]) then
-- bad lat logic
return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Unable to parse latitude as a number:" .. args[1]}} )
elseif not args[4] and not args[5] and not args[6] then
-- dec logic
result, errors = parseDec(args[1], args[2], args.format)
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors);
end
-- formatting for geohack: geohack expects D_N_D_E notation or D;D notation
-- wikiminiatlas doesn't support D;D notation
-- #coordinates parserfunction doesn't support negative decimals with NSWE
result.param = table.concat({
math.abs(tonumber(args[1])),
((tonumber(args[1]) or 0) < 0) and 'S' or 'N',
math.abs(tonumber(args[2])),
((tonumber(args[2]) or 0) < 0) and 'W' or 'E',
args[3] or ''}, '_')
elseif dmsTest(args[4], args[8]) then
-- dms logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4],
args[5], args[6], args[7], args[8], args.format)
if args[10] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 9)
elseif dmsTest(args[3], args[6]) then
-- dm logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], nil, args[3],
args[4], args[5], nil, args[6], args['format'])
if args[8] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 7)
elseif dmsTest(args[2], args[4]) then
-- d logic
result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], nil, nil, args[2],
args[3], nil, nil, args[4], args.format)
if args[6] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'})
end
if not result then
return errorPrinter(errors)
end
result.param = getParam(args, 5)
else
-- Error
return errorPrinter({{"formatTest", "Unknown argument format"}}) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]'
end
result.name = args.name

local extra_param = {'dim', 'globe', 'scale', 'region', 'source', 'type'}
for _, v in ipairs(extra_param) do
if args[v] then
table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Parameter: "' .. v .. '=" should be "' .. v .. ':"' })
end
end

local ret = specPrinter(args, result)
if #errors > 0 then
ret = ret .. ' ' .. errorPrinter(errors) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]'
end
return ret, backward
end

--[[
Generate Wikidata tracking categories.
]]
local function makeWikidataCategories(qid)
local ret
local qid = qid or mw.ext.UnlinkedWikibase.getEntityId('enwiki')
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
if mw.wikibase and current_page.namespace == 0 then
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
if qid and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625") and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] then
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
local snaktype = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1].mainsnak.snaktype
if snaktype == 'value' then
-- coordinates exist both here and on Wikidata, and can be compared.
ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata'
elseif snaktype == 'somevalue' then
ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to unknown value'
elseif snaktype == 'novalue' then
ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to no value'
end
else
-- We have to either import the coordinates to Wikidata or remove them here.
ret = 'Coordinates not on Wikidata'
end
end
if ret then
return string.format('[[Category:%s]]', ret)
else
return ''
end
end

--[[
link

Simple function to export the coordinates link for other uses.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | link }}

]]
function coordinates.link(frame)
return coord_link;
end

--[[
dec2dms

Wrapper to allow templates to call dec2dms directly.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms | decimal_coordinate | positive_suffix |
negative_suffix | precision }}

decimal_coordinate is converted to DMS format. If positive, the positive_suffix
is appended (typical N or E), if negative, the negative suffix is appended. The
specified precision is one of 'D', 'DM', or 'DMS' to specify the level of detail
to use.
]]
coordinates.dec2dms = makeInvokeFunc('_dec2dms')
function coordinates._dec2dms(args)
local coordinate = args[1]
local firstPostfix = args[2] or ''
local secondPostfix = args[3] or ''
local precision = args[4] or ''

return convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision)
end

--[[
Helper function to determine whether to use D, DM, or DMS
format depending on the precision of the decimal input.
]]
function coordinates.determineMode( value1, value2 )
local precision = math.max( math_mod._precision( value1 ), math_mod._precision( value2 ) );
if precision <= 0 then
return 'd'
elseif precision <= 2 then
return 'dm';
else
return 'dms';
end
end

--[[
dms2dec

Wrapper to allow templates to call dms2dec directly.

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec | direction_flag | degrees |
minutes | seconds }}

Converts DMS values specified as degrees, minutes, seconds too decimal format.
direction_flag is one of N, S, E, W, and determines whether the output is
positive (i.e. N and E) or negative (i.e. S and W).
]]
coordinates.dms2dec = makeInvokeFunc('_dms2dec')
function coordinates._dms2dec(args)
local direction = args[1]
local degrees = args[2]
local minutes = args[3]
local seconds = args[4]

return convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees, minutes, seconds)
end

--[[
coord

Main entry point for Lua function to replace {{coord}}

Usage:
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }}
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | long }}
{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | lat_flag | long | long_flag }}
...

Refer to {{coord}} documentation page for many additional parameters and
configuration options.

Note: This function provides the visual display elements of {{coord}}. In
order to load coordinates into the database, the {{#coordinates:}} parser
function must also be called, this is done automatically in the Lua
version of {{coord}}.
]]
coordinates.coord = makeInvokeFunc('_coord')
function coordinates._coord(args)
if not tonumber(args[1]) and not args[2] then
args[3] = args[1]; args[1] = nil
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(args.qid)
if entity
and entity.claims
and entity.claims.P625
and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value'
then
local precision = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision
args[1] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude
args[2] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude
if precision then
precision = -math_mod._round(math.log(precision)/math.log(10),0)
args[1] = math_mod._round(args[1],precision)
args[2] = math_mod._round(args[2],precision)
end
end
end

local contents, backward = formatTest(args)
local Notes = args.notes or ''
local Display = args.display and args.display:lower() or 'inline'

local function isInline(s)
-- Finds whether coordinates are displayed inline.
return s:find('inline') ~= nil or s == 'i' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti'
end
local function isInTitle(s)
-- Finds whether coordinates are displayed in the title.
return s:find('title') ~= nil or s == 't' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti'
end

local function coord_wrapper(in_args)
-- Calls the parser function {{#coordinates:}}.
return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#coordinates', in_args) or ''
end

local text = ''
if isInline(Display) then
text = text .. displayinline(contents, Notes)
end
if isInTitle(Display) then
text = text
.. displaytitle(contents, Notes)
.. makeWikidataCategories(args.qid)
end
if not args.nosave then
local page_title, count = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(), 1
if backward then
local tmp = {}
while not string.find((args[count-1] or ''), '[EW]') do tmp[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end
tmp.count = count; count = 2*(count-1)
while count >= tmp.count do table.insert(tmp, 1, (args[count] or '')); count = count-1 end
for i, v in ipairs(tmp) do args[i] = v end
else
while count <= 9 do args[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end
end
if isInTitle(Display) and not page_title.isTalkPage and page_title.subpageText ~= 'doc' and page_title.subpageText ~= 'testcases' then args[10] = 'primary' end
args.notes, args.format, args.display = nil
text = text .. coord_wrapper(args)
end
return text
end

--[[
coord2text

Extracts a single value from a transclusion of {{Coord}}.
IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED.

Usage:

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coord2text | {{Coord}} | parameter }}

Valid values for the second parameter are: lat (signed integer), long (signed integer), type, scale, dim, region, globe, source

]]
function coordinates.coord2text(frame)
if frame.args[1] == '' or frame.args[2] == '' or not frame.args[2] then return nil end
frame.args[2] = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2])
if frame.args[2] == 'lat' or frame.args[2] == 'long' then
local result, negative = mw.text.split((mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1],'[%.%d]+°[NS] [%.%d]+°[EW]') or ''), ' ')
if frame.args[2] == 'lat' then
result, negative = result[1], 'S'
else
result, negative = result[2], 'W'
end
result = mw.text.split(result, '°')
if result[2] == negative then result[1] = '-'..result[1] end
return result[1]
else
return mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], 'params=.-_'..frame.args[2]..':(.-)[ _]')
end
end

--[[
coordinsert

Injects some text into the Geohack link of a transclusion of {{Coord}} (if that text isn't already in the transclusion). Outputs the modified transclusion of {{Coord}}.
IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED.

Usage:

{{#invoke:Coordinates | coordinsert | {{Coord}} | parameter:value | parameter:value | … }}

Do not make Geohack unhappy by inserting something which isn't mentioned in the {{Coord}} documentation.

]]
function coordinates.coordinsert(frame)
for i, v in ipairs(frame.args) do
if i ~= 1 then
if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], (mw.ustring.match(frame.args[i], '^(.-:)') or '')) then
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(params=.-)_? ', '%1_'..frame.args[i]..' ')
end
end
end
if frame.args.name then
if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], '') then
local namestr = frame.args.name
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1],
'()(<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*)()',
'%1%2 (' .. namestr .. ')%3')
frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(&params=[^&"<>%[%] ]*) ', '%1&title=' .. mw.uri.encode(namestr) .. ' ')
end
end
return frame.args[1]
end

return coordinates

Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

2023-05-05T13:36:23Z

Wikibase-admin:

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
substitute, make_wikilink;

local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title=

--============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================

--[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >----------------------------

as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata.

returns :<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else

for identifiers that do not have q, returns nil

for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil

]]

local function wikidata_article_name_get (q)
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki
return nil; -- abandon
end

local wd_article;
local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org

-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki

if wd_article then
wd_article = table.concat ({':', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading colon required
end

return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ L A B E L _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------

common function to create identifier link label from handler table or from Wikidata

returns the first available of
1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled)
2. Wikidata (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local wiki's language)
3. label specified in the local wiki's handler table

]]

local function link_label_make (handler)
local wd_article;

if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive
wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it;
end

return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style external link

]]

local function external_link_id (options)
local url_string = options.id;
local ext_link;
local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org
local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata

if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH');
end

if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then
auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix});
end

ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id));
if is_set (options.access) then
ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock
end

return table.concat ({
make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order)
options.separator or ' ',
ext_link
});
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style internal link

TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id),
but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:,
:JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:.

]]

local function internal_link_id (options)
local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9

return table.concat (
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label
options.separator or ' ', -- add the separator
make_wikilink (
table.concat (
{
options.prefix,
id, -- translated to Western digits
options.suffix or ''
}),
substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis
); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required?
});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against
today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns
an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo);
todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U');

if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date
if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string
end

--[=[-------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if:
2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days

The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400

biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC
today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours
if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow

This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser
apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date
contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang_object.formatDate(). To get
around that call this function with date parts and create a YYYY-MM-DD format date.

]=]

local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d)
local biorxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date
local good1, good2;
local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates
local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage();

good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date); -- convert biorxiv_date value to Unix timestamp
good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow

if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand
biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;
tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);
else
return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp
end

return ((1576022400 <= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < tomorrow's date
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit.
ISBN-13 is checked in isbn().

If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >-----------------------------------------------

ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local temp=0;

isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct
end

--[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >--------------------------------------------------

LCCN normalization (https://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.

]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace

if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end

local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN
end

return lccn;
end

--============================<>====================================

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: https://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)

the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number

]]

local function arxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local year, month, version;
local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message
local text; -- output text

if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

else
err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message
end

if err_msg then
options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

local err_msg_t = {};
if err_msg then
set_message ('err_bad_arxiv');
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});

if is_set (class) then
if id:match ('^%d+') then
text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
set_message ('err_class_ignored');
end
end

return text;
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID.

Format for bibcodes is specified here: https://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes

But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters
and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests:
length must be 19 characters
characters in position
1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year
5 must be a letter
6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. )
9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot
19 must be a letter or dot

]]

local function bibcode (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_type;
local err_msg = '';
local year;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access});

if 19 ~= id:len() then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length;
else
year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$");
if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error
else
local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year
year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number
if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds
end
if id:find('&%.') then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter)
end
end
end

if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected
set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type});
options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS

end

return text;
end

--[[-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly
6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd.
date and suffixed with an optional version identifier.

The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters:
https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733
or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits:
https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2

see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv

]]

local function biorxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error

local patterns = {
'^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11)
'^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11)
'^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11)
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match
if id:match (pattern) then
local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier

if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form
if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leap-year and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator)
break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message
end
end
err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message
break; -- and done
end
end -- err_cat remains set here when no match

if err_msg then
options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------

CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org).

The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure

]]

local function citeseerx (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local matched;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = handler.access});

matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$");
if not matched then
set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' );
options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in DOI names.

https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html -- 2.2 Syntax of a DOI name
https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html#2.2.2 -- 2.2.2 DOI prefix

]]

local function doi (options)
local id = options.id;
local inactive = options.DoiBroken
local access = options.access;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag;

local text;
if is_set (inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
local inactive_month, good;

if is_set (inactive_year) then
if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything)
local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date
if not good then
inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset
end
end
else
inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date
end

if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '});
elseif is_set (inactive_year) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''});
else
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive');
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')';
end

local registrant = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when DOI has the proper basic form

local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported
'^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999
'^[^1-5]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–59999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits
'^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (3 digits with subcode is legitimate)
'^%d%d?%.[%d%.]+', -- 1 or 2 digits with subcode
'^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve
'[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot
}

if not ignore_invalid then
if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form
for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns
if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad
break; -- and done
end
end
else
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed
end
else
set_message ('maint_doi_ignore');
end

if err_flag then
options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access,
auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored
}) .. (inactive or '');

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats an HDL with minor error checking.

HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/'
Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant

This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message.

HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and
terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in HDLs.

Query string parameters are named here: https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed
but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we
have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier.

]]

local function hdl (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html
'noredirect',
'ignore_aliases',
'auth',
'cert',
'index',
'type',
'urlappend',
'locatt',
'action',
}

local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string
local found;

if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion
for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters
if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters
found = true; -- announce a find
break; -- and stop looking
end
end
end

if found then
id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not
else
suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else
end

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access})

if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma
set_message ('err_bad_hdl' );
options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function isbn (options)
local isbn_str = options.id;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;

local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator});
if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error
else -- here when not ignoring
if not check then -- and there is an error
options.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message
return ISBN; -- return id text
end
end
return ISBN; -- return id text
end

if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

local len = id:len();

if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if len == 10 then
if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form);
end
if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid
end
if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin)
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1
end
return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid
else
if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits
end
if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979
end
if id:match ('^9790') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN
end
return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A S I N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit
ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

|asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these
do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message

This function is positioned here because it calls isbn()

]]

local function asin (options)
local id = options.id;
local domain = options.ASINTLD;

local err_flag;

if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10
if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn
end
elseif not is_set (err_flag) then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China
domain = "cn";
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey
domain = "com." .. domain;
elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them)
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value
end
local handler = options.handler;

if not is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins
else
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator})
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations. See https://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.

ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function ismn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
local id_copy;

id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive
id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space

if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN
end

-- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id_copy
});

if false == valid_ismn then
options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS
set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but
has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked
like this:

|issn=0819 4327 gives: [https://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link

This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length
and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters
other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The
ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;

local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate
local text;
local valid_issn = true;

id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN
end

if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if ignore_invalid then
set_message ('maint_issn_ignore');
else
if false == valid_issn then
options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid
end
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< J F M >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn

]]

local function jfm (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;

id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_jfm_format');
else -- plain number without JFM prefix
id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix
end

if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then
id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern
else
set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< J S T O R >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a JSTOR with some error checking

]]

local function jstor (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then
set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------< L C C N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of
the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits.
https://oclc-research.github.io/infoURI-Frozen/info-uri.info/info:lccn/reg.html

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha

]]

local function lccn (options)
local lccn = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN

id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN

if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message
end

if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end

if is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< M R >--------------------------------------------------------------------------

A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits.

]]

local function mr (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local id_len;

id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat
else -- plain number without mr prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0;
if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then
id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits
else
set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< O C L C >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}}
archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html

]]

local function oclc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local number;

if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field
number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number
if 9 < number:len() then
number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers
end
elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix
number = id; -- get the number
if 10 < number:len() then
number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when OCLC issues 11-digit numbers
end
end

if number then -- proper format
id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link
else
set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed
options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------

Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.

]]

local function openlibrary (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W';
local err_flag;
local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code
['A']='authors/OL',
['M']='books/OL',
['W']='works/OL',
['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid
};

if not ident then
code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid
ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol');
end

if not is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins
else
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code],
id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------< O S T I >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued.

NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site

]]

local function osti (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- OSTI is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc (options)
local id = options.id;
local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_pmc_format');
else -- plain number without PMC prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
else
id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string
end
else -- when id format incorrect
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
end

if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id,
});
else
text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access,
auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error
});
end

if err_flag then
options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable
test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.

]]

local function pmid (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued.

An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/

]]

local function rfc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- RFC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});
end

--[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an S2CID, do simple error checking

S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only
digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically
as more S2CIDs are issued.

]]

local function s2cid (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
else -- when id format incorrect
set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------

9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits

sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function sbn (options)
local id = options.id;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator});
if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors
if not check then
options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS
set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message
return SBN;
end
else
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only)
end
return SBN;
end

if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests

if 9 ~= ident:len() then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position
end

return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end

--[[--------------------------< S S R N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an SSRN, do simple error checking

SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is
only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need
to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued.

]]

local function ssrn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
else -- when id format incorrect
set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access});

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function usenet_id (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< Z B L >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional

format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/

temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error

]]

local function zbl (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format?
set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat
elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format?
set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message
options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--============================<>==========================================

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------

Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args

]]

local function extract_ids (args)
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
end
return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >--------------------------------------

Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access
level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter.

returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword

access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else)

]]

local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list)
local id_accesses_list = {};
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do
local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter
if is_set (access_param) then
local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one
if is_set (access_level) then
if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required
set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level});
access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset
end
if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier
set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message
end
id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword
end
end
end
return id_accesses_list;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------

render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list();
modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions
<access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid)

returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings

]]

local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t)
local ID_list_t = {};
local accept;
local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier
['ARXIV'] = arxiv,
['ASIN'] = asin,
['BIBCODE'] = bibcode,
['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv,
['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx,
['DOI'] = doi,
['EISSN'] = issn,
['HDL'] = hdl,
['ISBN'] = isbn,
['ISMN'] = ismn,
['ISSN'] = issn,
['JFM'] = jfm,
['JSTOR'] = jstor,
['LCCN'] = lccn,
['MR'] = mr,
['OCLC'] = oclc,
['OL'] = openlibrary,
['OSTI'] = osti,
['PMC'] = pmc,
['PMID'] = pmid,
['RFC'] = rfc,
['S2CID'] = s2cid,
['SBN'] = sbn,
['SSRN'] = ssrn,
['USENETID'] = usenet_id,
['ZBL'] = zbl,
}

for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do
v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else
-- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean
options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key
options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table
options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag
options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter
options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey];
options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata
options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata

if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then
error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords
end

if func_map[hkey] then
local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message
table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table
else
error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey
end
end

local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort()
return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey
end

table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort
for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings
ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{}
end

return ID_list_t;
end

--[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------------

check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements:
[1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set
[2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers
[3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message
[4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message

returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message

]]

local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t)
for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do
if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty
set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message
end
end
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------

Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the
COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered
citation.

]]

local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t)
local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS
options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters
local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels
local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings

return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message;
select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one;
substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute;
make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink;

z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title=

identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels
is_embargoed = is_embargoed;
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules;
}

Module:Authority control

2023-05-05T13:35:23Z

Wikibase-admin:

require('strict')
local config = mw.loadData('Module:Authority control/config')
local p = {}
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local namespace = title.namespace
local testcases = (string.sub(title.subpageText,1,9) == 'testcases')

local function needsAttention(sortkey)
return '[[Category:Pages with authority control identifiers needing attention|' .. sortkey .. title.text .. ']]'
end

local function addCat(cat,sortkey)
if cat and cat ~= '' and (namespace == 0 or namespace == 14 or testcases) then
local redlinkcat = ''
if testcases == false and mw.title.new(cat, 14).exists == false then
redlinkcat = needsAttention('N')
end
if sortkey then
cat = '[[Category:'..cat..'|' .. sortkey .. title.text .. ']]'
else
cat = '[[Category:'..cat..']]'
end
cat = cat .. redlinkcat
return cat
else
return ''
end
end

local function getCatForId(id,faulty)
local cat = 'Articles with '
if faulty then cat = cat .. 'faulty ' end
cat = cat .. id .. ' identifiers'
return addCat(cat)
end

local function getIdsFromWikidata(qid,property)
local function getquals(statement,qualid)
if statement.qualifiers and statement.qualifiers['P'..qualid] then
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
return mw.wikibase.renderSnak(statement.qualifiers['P'..qualid][1])
else
return false
end
end
local ids = {}
if qid then
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
for _, statement in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid,property)) do
if statement.mainsnak.datavalue then
local val = statement.mainsnak.datavalue.value
if val then
local namedas = getquals(statement,1810) or getquals(statement,742) or ''
table.insert(ids,{id=val,name=namedas})
end
end
end
end
return ids
end

local _makelink = function(conf,val,nextid,qid) --validate values and create a link
local function tooltip(text,label)
if label and label~='' then
return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "Tooltip", args = {text,label}}
else
return text
end
end
local link
if nextid==1 then
if conf.prefix then
link = '*' .. conf.prefix .. '\n**'
else
link = '*'
end
else
link = '\n**'
end
local valid_value = false
if conf.customlink then -- use function to validate and generate link
local label = nextid>1 and nextid
local newlink= require(config.auxiliary)[conf.customlink](val.id,label)
if newlink then
link = link .. newlink
valid_value = true
end
else
if conf.pattern then -- use pattern to determine validity if defined
valid_value = string.match(val.id,conf.pattern)
elseif conf.patterns then
for _,pattern in ipairs(conf.patterns) do
valid_value = val.id:match(pattern)
if valid_value then break end
end
elseif conf.valid then -- otherwise use function to determine validity
valid_value = require(config.auxiliary)[conf.valid](val.id)
else -- no validation possible
valid_value = val.id
end
if valid_value then
local newlink
local label = conf.label
if not label or nextid>1 then
label = tostring(nextid)
end
if conf.link then
valid_value = valid_value:gsub('%%', '%%%%')
newlink = '[' .. mw.ustring.gsub(conf.link,'%$1',valid_value) .. ' ' .. label .. ']'
else
newlink = valid_value
end
link = link .. ''..tooltip(newlink,val.name)..''
end
end
if valid_value then
link = link .. getCatForId(conf.category or conf[1])
else
--local preview = require("Module:If preview")
local wdlink = qid and '[[:wikidata:' .. qid .. '#P' .. conf.property .. ']]' or ''
link = link .. '[[File:345-409 Ambox warning centered.svg|20px|frameless|link=' .. wdlink .. '|The ' .. conf[1] .. ' id ' .. val.id .. ' is not valid.]]'
if conf.errorcat then
link = link .. addCat(conf.errorcat)
else
link = link .. getCatForId(conf.category or conf[1],true)
end
link = link .. addCat('All articles with faulty authority control information',conf[1])-- .. preview._warning({'The '..conf[1]..' id '..val..' is not valid.'})
end
return link
end

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Main ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]
function p.authorityControl(frame)
local function resolveQID(qid)
if qid then
qid = 'Q'..mw.ustring.gsub(qid, '^[Qq]', '')
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(qid) and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then
return qid
end
end
end
local conf = config.config
local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args
local auxCats = ''
local rct = false -- boolean to track if there are any links to be returned
local qid,topic
if namespace == 0 then
qid = mw.ext.UnlinkedWikibase.getEntityId('enwiki')
end
if qid then -- article is connected to Wikidata item
if parentArgs.qid and (resolveQID(parentArgs.qid) ~= qid) then -- non-matching qid parameter
auxCats = auxCats .. needsAttention('D')
end
else -- page is not connected to any Wikidata item
qid = resolveQID(parentArgs.qid) -- check qid parameter if no wikidata item is connected
if qid then -- qid parameter is valid, set topic to display
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
topic = mw.wikibase.getLabel(qid)
if topic and (mw.ustring.lower(title.subpageText) == mw.ustring.lower(topic)) then -- suppress topic display if subpagename equals topic up to case change
topic = nil
end
elseif parentArgs.qid and parentArgs.qid~='' then -- invalid qid has been supplied, add to tracking cat
auxCats = auxCats .. needsAttention('Q')
end
end
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
if topic and mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid) then -- make wikilink to article
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
topic = '[[' .. mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid) .. '|' .. topic .. ']]'
end
local qids = {} -- setup any additional QIDs
if parentArgs.additional and parentArgs.additional ~= '' then
for _,v in ipairs(mw.text.split(parentArgs.additional,"%s*,%s*")) do
v = resolveQID(v)
if v == qid then -- duplicate of qid parameter
auxCats = auxCats .. needsAttention('R')
end
table.insert(qids,v)
end
end

local sections = {}
local numsections = 0
for _,_ in ipairs(config.sections) do numsections = numsections + 1 end
for _ = 1,#qids+numsections do table.insert(sections,{}) end
local qslink = '' -- setup link to add using QuickStatements

-- check which identifiers to show/suppress in template
local show = {} -- setup list
local showall = true
local function stripP(pid)
if pid:match("^[Pp]%d+$") then
pid = mw.ustring.gsub(pid,'[Pp]','') --strip P from property number
end
if pid:match("^%d+$") then
pid = tonumber(pid)
end
return pid
end
local function addshowlist(list)
if list and list ~= '' then
for _,v in ipairs(mw.text.split(string.lower(list),"%s*,%s*")) do
v = stripP(v)
if type(v) == 'string' then -- e.g. show=arts to use whitelist
if config.whitelists[v] then
for _,w in ipairs(config.whitelists[v].properties) do
show[w] = true
end
end
else -- e.g. show=214 to show one particular property
show[v] = true
end
end
showall = false
end
end
addshowlist(frame.args.show) -- check show= parameter on wrapper template
addshowlist(parentArgs.show or parentArgs.country) -- check show parameter on article template
if parentArgs.suppress then
local suppresslist = mw.text.split(parentArgs.suppress,"%s*,%s*") -- split parameter by comma
for _,v in ipairs(suppresslist) do
v=stripP(string.upper(v))
show[v] = false
auxCats = auxCats .. '[[Category:Articles with suppressed authority control identifiers]]'
end
end

local function makeSections(qid,addit)
local tval = {}
local function parameter_is_used(property)
local used = false
if property then
if tval[property] then
if tval[property][1] then
used = true
end
elseif tval[property] == false then -- property has been manually suppressed
used = true
end
end
return used
end
for _, params in ipairs(conf) do
tval[params.property] = getIdsFromWikidata(qid, 'P' .. params.property) -- setup table for values with property number as key
local showb = true
if (show[params.property] == nil) and (show[string.upper(params[1])] == nil ) then
showb = showall -- if not specified then depends on showall
elseif (show[params.property] == false) or (show[string.upper(params[1])] == false) then -- if either are false then id will be suppressed
showb = false
end
if not showb then
tval[params.property] = false -- indicates the identifier is suppressed
elseif not addit then
local val = parentArgs[mw.ustring.lower(params[1])] or parentArgs[params[1]]
if val and val ~= '' then -- add local parameter to list if not already in
local bnew = true
for _, w in pairs(tval[params.property]) do
if val == w.id then
bnew = false
end
end
if bnew then -- add new value to table
if qid then
qslink = qslink .. '%7C%7C' .. qid .. '%7CP' .. params.property .. '%7C%22' .. mw.uri.encode(val,"PATH") .. '%22%7CS143%7CQ328'
end
table.insert(tval[params.property],{id=val,name=''})
end
end
end
local suppress = false
if params.suppressedbyproperty then
for _,sc in ipairs(params.suppressedbyproperty) do
if parameter_is_used(sc) then
suppress = true
end
end
end
if tval[params.property] ~= false and not suppress then
local tlinks = {} -- setup table for links
local nextIdVal = 1
local row = ''
for _,val in ipairs(tval[params.property]) do
local link = _makelink(params,val,nextIdVal,qid)
row = row .. link
table.insert(tlinks,link)
nextIdVal = nextIdVal + 1
end
if nextIdVal>=2 then
row = row .. '\n'
table.insert(sections[addit or params.section],row)
rct = true
end
end
end
end
local function pencil(qid)
if not qid then
return ''
end
local args = { pid = 'identifiers' } -- #target the list of identifiers
args.qid = qid
return require('Module:EditAtWikidata')._showMessage(args)
end

makeSections(qid,false)
for c = 1,#qids do
makeSections(qids[c],numsections+c)
end

--configure Navbox
local outString = ''
if rct then -- there is at least one link to display
local Navbox = require('Module:Navbox')
local sect,lastsect = 0,0
local navboxArgs = {
name = 'Authority control',
navboxclass = 'authority-control',
bodyclass = 'hlist',
state = parentArgs.state or 'autocollapse',
navbar = 'off'
}
for c=1,numsections+#qids do
if #sections[c] ~= 0 then -- section is non-empty
sect = sect + 1
lastsect = c
local sectname
if c <= numsections then -- regular section
sectname = config.sections[c].name
else -- section from additional qid
-- TODO: Remove call to mw.wikibase
sectname = mw.wikibase.getLabel(qids[c-numsections]) .. pencil(qids[c-numsections])
end
navboxArgs['group' .. c] = sectname
navboxArgs['list' .. c] = table.concat(sections[c])
end
end
local aclink = '[[Help:Authority control|Authority control]]'
if qslink ~= '' then
qslink = ' [[File:Commons to Wikidata QuickStatements.svg|20px|link=https://quickstatements.toolforge.org/#/v1=' .. qslink .. '|Add values to Wikidata.]]'
end
if topic then -- display in expanded form with topic
navboxArgs.title = aclink .. ' – ' .. topic .. pencil(qid) .. qslink
elseif sect == 1 then -- special display when only one section
if lastsect <= numsections then
if config.sections[lastsect].hidelabelwhenalone then -- no special label when only general or other IDs are present
navboxArgs['group' .. lastsect] = aclink .. pencil(qid) .. qslink
else -- other regular section
navboxArgs['group' .. lastsect] = aclink .. ': ' .. config.sections[lastsect].name .. pencil(qid) .. qslink
end
else -- section from additional qid
navboxArgs['group' .. lastsect] = aclink .. ': ' .. navboxArgs['group' .. lastsect] .. qslink
end
else -- add title to navbox
navboxArgs.title = aclink .. pencil(qid) .. qslink
end
outString = Navbox._navbox(navboxArgs)
end

if parentArgs.state then
if (parentArgs.state ~= 'collapsed') and (parentArgs.state ~= 'expanded') and (parentArgs.state ~= 'autocollapse') then --invalid state parameter
auxCats = auxCats .. needsAttention('S')
end
end
if testcases then
auxCats = mw.ustring.gsub(auxCats, '(%[%[)(Category)', '%1:%2') --for easier checking
end

--out
outString = outString..auxCats
if namespace ~= 0 then
outString = mw.ustring.gsub(outString,'(%[%[)(Category:Articles)([^%|%]]+)%|?[^%|%]]*(%]%])','%1:%2%3%4')
outString = mw.ustring.gsub(outString,'(%[%[)(Category:All articles)([^%|%]]+)%|?[^%|%]]*(%]%])','%1:%2%3%4')
end
local check = require('Module:Check for unknown parameters')._check
local sortkey
if namespace == 0 then
sortkey = '*' .. title.text
else
sortkey = title.fullText
end
local tracking = check({
['unknown']='[[Category:Pages using authority control with parameters|' .. sortkey .. ']]',
['preview']='Page using [[Template:Authority control]] with "_VALUE_", please move this to Wikidata.',
'show', 'country', 'suppress', 'additional', 'qid', 'state'
}, parentArgs)
if namespace == 0 -- mainspace
or namespace == 14 -- category
or namespace == 2 -- user
or namespace == 118 then -- draft
outString = outString .. tracking
end
return outString
end

p.makelink = function(conf,val,nextid,qid)
return _makelink(conf,val,nextid,qid)
end

return p

Template:UnlinkedWikibaseTest

2023-05-05T12:57:08Z

Wikibase-admin: Created page with "{{#invoke: UnlinkedWikibaseTest | getCurrentWikidataId }}"

Module:Taxonbar/candidate

2023-05-05T12:53:05Z

Wikibase-admin:

local p = {}

function p.check(frame)
local taxonbarExists = require('Module:Taxonbar/exists').check
if taxonbarExists(frame) then
return ''
else
local resolveEntity = require( 'Module:ResolveEntityId' )
local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local currentItem = nil
local categories = {
'[[Category:Taxobox articles possibly missing a taxonbar]]' --unset if acceptable or unacceptable found
}

--preliminary exclusion criteria
if string.match( currentTitle.text, '^List of ') then
return ''
end

--find Wikidata item
if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then --mainspace
local currentEntityId = mw.ext.UnlinkedWikibase.getEntityId('enwiki')
if resolveEntity._id(currentEntityId) then
currentItem = mw.ext.UnlinkedWikibase.getEntity(currentEntityId)
else --currentEntityId == nil/unresolvable
return categories[1]
end
else
return ''
end

if currentItem then --currentItem should not be nil here, but check just in case
--determine if {{Taxonbar}} is *possibly* missing, or *definitely* missing
local acceptableInstanceOf_All = { --copied from [[Module:Taxonbar]]
['Q16521'] = 'taxon', --strict
['Q310890'] = 'monotypic taxon', --strict
['Q2568288'] = 'ichnotaxon', --strict
['Q23038290'] = 'fossil taxon', --strict
['Q47487597'] = 'monotypic fossil taxon', --strict
['Q42621'] = 'hybrid', --lax
['Q235536'] = 'incertae sedis', --lax
['Q713623'] = 'clade', --lax
['Q848328'] = 'serotype', --lax
['Q857968'] = 'candidatus', --lax
['Q17487588'] = 'unavailable combination', --lax
}
local unacceptableInstanceOf = {
['Q913170'] = 'trivial name',
['Q55983715'] = 'group of organisms known by one particular common name',
['Q937228'] = 'property',
['Q14712'] = 'drupe',
['Q163233'] = 'compound drupe',
['Q747463'] = 'compound fruit',
}

local acceptableCount = 0
local unacceptableCount = 0
for _, instanceOfState in pairs ( currentItem:getBestStatements('P31') ) do --instance of
local instanceOf = instanceOfState.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
if acceptableInstanceOf_All[instanceOf] then
acceptableCount = acceptableCount + 1
elseif unacceptableInstanceOf[instanceOf] then
unacceptableCount = unacceptableCount + 1
end
end
for _, subclassOfState in pairs ( currentItem:getBestStatements('P279') ) do --subclass of
local subclassOf = subclassOfState.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
if acceptableInstanceOf_All[subclassOf] then
acceptableCount = acceptableCount + 1
elseif unacceptableInstanceOf[subclassOf] then
unacceptableCount = unacceptableCount + 1
end
end

if acceptableCount > 0 then
categories[1] = ''
categories[2] = '[[Category:Taxobox articles missing a taxonbar]]'
elseif unacceptableCount > 0 then
categories[1] = ''
categories[2] = ''
end

return table.concat(categories)

else
return ''
end
end
end

return p

User:Wikibase-admin

2023-04-18T06:01:26Z

Wikibase-admin:

Module:Infobox military conflict/styles.css

2023-04-18T05:50:10Z

Wikibase-admin: Created page with "@media all and (min-width:720px) { .desktop-float-right { box-sizing: border-box; float: right; clear: right; } }"

@media all and (min-width:720px) {
.desktop-float-right {
box-sizing: border-box;
float: right;
clear: right;
}
}